1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29. 
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead. 
   6 new_instancemethod 
= new
.instancemethod
 
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self
,class_type
,name
,value
,static
=1): 
   8     if (name 
== "thisown"): return self
.this
.own(value
) 
  10         if type(value
).__name
__ == 'PySwigObject': 
  11             self
.__dict
__[name
] = value
 
  13     method 
= class_type
.__swig
_setmethods
__.get(name
,None) 
  14     if method
: return method(self
,value
) 
  15     if (not static
) or hasattr(self
,name
): 
  16         self
.__dict
__[name
] = value
 
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self
) 
  20 def _swig_setattr(self
,class_type
,name
,value
): 
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self
,class_type
,name
,value
,0) 
  23 def _swig_getattr(self
,class_type
,name
): 
  24     if (name 
== "thisown"): return self
.this
.own() 
  25     method 
= class_type
.__swig
_getmethods
__.get(name
,None) 
  26     if method
: return method(self
) 
  27     raise AttributeError,name
 
  30     try: strthis 
= "proxy of " + self
.this
.__repr
__() 
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, strthis
,) 
  36     _object 
= types
.ObjectType
 
  38 except AttributeError: 
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set): 
  45     def set_attr(self
,name
,value
): 
  46         if (name 
== "thisown"): return self
.this
.own(value
) 
  47         if hasattr(self
,name
) or (name 
== "this"): 
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self
) 
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension 
  56 _core_
._wxPySetDictionary
(vars()) 
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can 
  61 wx 
= _sys
.modules
[__name__
] 
  64 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg
=None): 
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning 
  69     before calling the callable. 
  72         msg 
= "%s is deprecated" % callable 
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args
, **kwargs
): 
  75         warnings
.warn(msg
, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel
=2) 
  76         return callable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
  77     deprecatedWrapper
.__doc
__ = msg
 
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
 
  81 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
  83 NOT_FOUND 
= _core_
.NOT_FOUND
 
  84 VSCROLL 
= _core_
.VSCROLL
 
  85 HSCROLL 
= _core_
.HSCROLL
 
  86 CAPTION 
= _core_
.CAPTION
 
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER 
= _core_
.DOUBLE_BORDER
 
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER 
= _core_
.SUNKEN_BORDER
 
  89 RAISED_BORDER 
= _core_
.RAISED_BORDER
 
  90 BORDER 
= _core_
.BORDER
 
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER 
= _core_
.SIMPLE_BORDER
 
  92 STATIC_BORDER 
= _core_
.STATIC_BORDER
 
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW 
= _core_
.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
 
  94 NO_BORDER 
= _core_
.NO_BORDER
 
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER 
= _core_
.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
 
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE 
= _core_
.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
 
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL 
= _core_
.TAB_TRAVERSAL
 
  98 WANTS_CHARS 
= _core_
.WANTS_CHARS
 
  99 POPUP_WINDOW 
= _core_
.POPUP_WINDOW
 
 100 CENTER_FRAME 
= _core_
.CENTER_FRAME
 
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN 
= _core_
.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN 
= _core_
.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN 
= _core_
.CLIP_CHILDREN
 
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS 
= _core_
.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK 
= _core_
.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB 
= _core_
.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 
 107 RETAINED 
= _core_
.RETAINED
 
 108 BACKINGSTORE 
= _core_
.BACKINGSTORE
 
 109 COLOURED 
= _core_
.COLOURED
 
 110 FIXED_LENGTH 
= _core_
.FIXED_LENGTH
 
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB 
= _core_
.LB_NEEDED_SB
 
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB 
= _core_
.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 
 113 LB_SORT 
= _core_
.LB_SORT
 
 114 LB_SINGLE 
= _core_
.LB_SINGLE
 
 115 LB_MULTIPLE 
= _core_
.LB_MULTIPLE
 
 116 LB_EXTENDED 
= _core_
.LB_EXTENDED
 
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW 
= _core_
.LB_OWNERDRAW
 
 118 LB_HSCROLL 
= _core_
.LB_HSCROLL
 
 119 PROCESS_ENTER 
= _core_
.PROCESS_ENTER
 
 120 PASSWORD 
= _core_
.PASSWORD
 
 121 CB_SIMPLE 
= _core_
.CB_SIMPLE
 
 122 CB_DROPDOWN 
= _core_
.CB_DROPDOWN
 
 123 CB_SORT 
= _core_
.CB_SORT
 
 124 CB_READONLY 
= _core_
.CB_READONLY
 
 125 RA_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.RA_HORIZONTAL
 
 126 RA_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.RA_VERTICAL
 
 127 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS 
= _core_
.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 
 128 RA_SPECIFY_COLS 
= _core_
.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 
 129 RA_USE_CHECKBOX 
= _core_
.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 
 130 RB_GROUP 
= _core_
.RB_GROUP
 
 131 RB_SINGLE 
= _core_
.RB_SINGLE
 
 132 SB_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.SB_HORIZONTAL
 
 133 SB_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.SB_VERTICAL
 
 134 RB_USE_CHECKBOX 
= _core_
.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 
 135 ST_SIZEGRIP 
= _core_
.ST_SIZEGRIP
 
 136 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE 
= _core_
.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 
 137 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE 
= _core_
.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 
 138 ST_DOTS_END 
= _core_
.ST_DOTS_END
 
 139 FLOOD_SURFACE 
= _core_
.FLOOD_SURFACE
 
 140 FLOOD_BORDER 
= _core_
.FLOOD_BORDER
 
 141 ODDEVEN_RULE 
= _core_
.ODDEVEN_RULE
 
 142 WINDING_RULE 
= _core_
.WINDING_RULE
 
 143 TOOL_TOP 
= _core_
.TOOL_TOP
 
 144 TOOL_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.TOOL_BOTTOM
 
 145 TOOL_LEFT 
= _core_
.TOOL_LEFT
 
 146 TOOL_RIGHT 
= _core_
.TOOL_RIGHT
 
 148 YES_NO 
= _core_
.YES_NO
 
 149 CANCEL 
= _core_
.CANCEL
 
 152 NO_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.NO_DEFAULT
 
 153 YES_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.YES_DEFAULT
 
 154 ICON_EXCLAMATION 
= _core_
.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 
 155 ICON_HAND 
= _core_
.ICON_HAND
 
 156 ICON_QUESTION 
= _core_
.ICON_QUESTION
 
 157 ICON_INFORMATION 
= _core_
.ICON_INFORMATION
 
 158 ICON_STOP 
= _core_
.ICON_STOP
 
 159 ICON_ASTERISK 
= _core_
.ICON_ASTERISK
 
 160 ICON_MASK 
= _core_
.ICON_MASK
 
 161 ICON_WARNING 
= _core_
.ICON_WARNING
 
 162 ICON_ERROR 
= _core_
.ICON_ERROR
 
 163 FORWARD 
= _core_
.FORWARD
 
 164 BACKWARD 
= _core_
.BACKWARD
 
 169 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH 
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 
 170 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT 
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 
 171 SIZE_AUTO 
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO
 
 172 SIZE_USE_EXISTING 
= _core_
.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 
 173 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE 
= _core_
.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 
 174 SIZE_FORCE 
= _core_
.SIZE_FORCE
 
 175 PORTRAIT 
= _core_
.PORTRAIT
 
 176 LANDSCAPE 
= _core_
.LANDSCAPE
 
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 
 180 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 
 181 ID_ANY 
= _core_
.ID_ANY
 
 182 ID_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.ID_SEPARATOR
 
 183 ID_NONE 
= _core_
.ID_NONE
 
 184 ID_LOWEST 
= _core_
.ID_LOWEST
 
 185 ID_OPEN 
= _core_
.ID_OPEN
 
 186 ID_CLOSE 
= _core_
.ID_CLOSE
 
 187 ID_NEW 
= _core_
.ID_NEW
 
 188 ID_SAVE 
= _core_
.ID_SAVE
 
 189 ID_SAVEAS 
= _core_
.ID_SAVEAS
 
 190 ID_REVERT 
= _core_
.ID_REVERT
 
 191 ID_EXIT 
= _core_
.ID_EXIT
 
 192 ID_UNDO 
= _core_
.ID_UNDO
 
 193 ID_REDO 
= _core_
.ID_REDO
 
 194 ID_HELP 
= _core_
.ID_HELP
 
 195 ID_PRINT 
= _core_
.ID_PRINT
 
 196 ID_PRINT_SETUP 
= _core_
.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 
 197 ID_PAGE_SETUP 
= _core_
.ID_PAGE_SETUP
 
 198 ID_PREVIEW 
= _core_
.ID_PREVIEW
 
 199 ID_ABOUT 
= _core_
.ID_ABOUT
 
 200 ID_HELP_CONTENTS 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 
 201 ID_HELP_COMMANDS 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 
 202 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 
 203 ID_HELP_CONTEXT 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 
 204 ID_HELP_INDEX 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_INDEX
 
 205 ID_HELP_SEARCH 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_SEARCH
 
 206 ID_CLOSE_ALL 
= _core_
.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 
 207 ID_PREFERENCES 
= _core_
.ID_PREFERENCES
 
 208 ID_EDIT 
= _core_
.ID_EDIT
 
 209 ID_CUT 
= _core_
.ID_CUT
 
 210 ID_COPY 
= _core_
.ID_COPY
 
 211 ID_PASTE 
= _core_
.ID_PASTE
 
 212 ID_CLEAR 
= _core_
.ID_CLEAR
 
 213 ID_FIND 
= _core_
.ID_FIND
 
 214 ID_DUPLICATE 
= _core_
.ID_DUPLICATE
 
 215 ID_SELECTALL 
= _core_
.ID_SELECTALL
 
 216 ID_DELETE 
= _core_
.ID_DELETE
 
 217 ID_REPLACE 
= _core_
.ID_REPLACE
 
 218 ID_REPLACE_ALL 
= _core_
.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 
 219 ID_PROPERTIES 
= _core_
.ID_PROPERTIES
 
 220 ID_VIEW_DETAILS 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 
 221 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 
 222 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 
 223 ID_VIEW_LIST 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_LIST
 
 224 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 
 225 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 
 226 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 
 227 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 
 228 ID_FILE 
= _core_
.ID_FILE
 
 229 ID_FILE1 
= _core_
.ID_FILE1
 
 230 ID_FILE2 
= _core_
.ID_FILE2
 
 231 ID_FILE3 
= _core_
.ID_FILE3
 
 232 ID_FILE4 
= _core_
.ID_FILE4
 
 233 ID_FILE5 
= _core_
.ID_FILE5
 
 234 ID_FILE6 
= _core_
.ID_FILE6
 
 235 ID_FILE7 
= _core_
.ID_FILE7
 
 236 ID_FILE8 
= _core_
.ID_FILE8
 
 237 ID_FILE9 
= _core_
.ID_FILE9
 
 239 ID_CANCEL 
= _core_
.ID_CANCEL
 
 240 ID_APPLY 
= _core_
.ID_APPLY
 
 241 ID_YES 
= _core_
.ID_YES
 
 243 ID_STATIC 
= _core_
.ID_STATIC
 
 244 ID_FORWARD 
= _core_
.ID_FORWARD
 
 245 ID_BACKWARD 
= _core_
.ID_BACKWARD
 
 246 ID_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.ID_DEFAULT
 
 247 ID_MORE 
= _core_
.ID_MORE
 
 248 ID_SETUP 
= _core_
.ID_SETUP
 
 249 ID_RESET 
= _core_
.ID_RESET
 
 250 ID_CONTEXT_HELP 
= _core_
.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 
 251 ID_YESTOALL 
= _core_
.ID_YESTOALL
 
 252 ID_NOTOALL 
= _core_
.ID_NOTOALL
 
 253 ID_ABORT 
= _core_
.ID_ABORT
 
 254 ID_RETRY 
= _core_
.ID_RETRY
 
 255 ID_IGNORE 
= _core_
.ID_IGNORE
 
 256 ID_ADD 
= _core_
.ID_ADD
 
 257 ID_REMOVE 
= _core_
.ID_REMOVE
 
 259 ID_DOWN 
= _core_
.ID_DOWN
 
 260 ID_HOME 
= _core_
.ID_HOME
 
 261 ID_REFRESH 
= _core_
.ID_REFRESH
 
 262 ID_STOP 
= _core_
.ID_STOP
 
 263 ID_INDEX 
= _core_
.ID_INDEX
 
 264 ID_BOLD 
= _core_
.ID_BOLD
 
 265 ID_ITALIC 
= _core_
.ID_ITALIC
 
 266 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 
 267 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 
 268 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 
 269 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 
 270 ID_UNDERLINE 
= _core_
.ID_UNDERLINE
 
 271 ID_INDENT 
= _core_
.ID_INDENT
 
 272 ID_UNINDENT 
= _core_
.ID_UNINDENT
 
 273 ID_ZOOM_100 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_100
 
 274 ID_ZOOM_FIT 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 
 275 ID_ZOOM_IN 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_IN
 
 276 ID_ZOOM_OUT 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 
 277 ID_UNDELETE 
= _core_
.ID_UNDELETE
 
 278 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED 
= _core_
.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 
 279 ID_HIGHEST 
= _core_
.ID_HIGHEST
 
 280 MENU_TEAROFF 
= _core_
.MENU_TEAROFF
 
 281 MB_DOCKABLE 
= _core_
.MB_DOCKABLE
 
 282 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE 
= _core_
.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 
 283 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE 
= _core_
.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 
 284 LI_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.LI_HORIZONTAL
 
 285 LI_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.LI_VERTICAL
 
 286 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY 
= _core_
.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 
 287 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS 
= _core_
.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 
 288 WS_EX_TRANSIENT 
= _core_
.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 
 289 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND 
= _core_
.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 
 290 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE 
= _core_
.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 
 291 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES 
= _core_
.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 
 292 MM_TEXT 
= _core_
.MM_TEXT
 
 293 MM_LOMETRIC 
= _core_
.MM_LOMETRIC
 
 294 MM_HIMETRIC 
= _core_
.MM_HIMETRIC
 
 295 MM_LOENGLISH 
= _core_
.MM_LOENGLISH
 
 296 MM_HIENGLISH 
= _core_
.MM_HIENGLISH
 
 297 MM_TWIPS 
= _core_
.MM_TWIPS
 
 298 MM_ISOTROPIC 
= _core_
.MM_ISOTROPIC
 
 299 MM_ANISOTROPIC 
= _core_
.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 
 300 MM_POINTS 
= _core_
.MM_POINTS
 
 301 MM_METRIC 
= _core_
.MM_METRIC
 
 302 CENTRE 
= _core_
.CENTRE
 
 303 CENTER 
= _core_
.CENTER
 
 304 HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.HORIZONTAL
 
 305 VERTICAL 
= _core_
.VERTICAL
 
 312 BOTTOM 
= _core_
.BOTTOM
 
 318 ALIGN_NOT 
= _core_
.ALIGN_NOT
 
 319 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 
 320 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 
 321 ALIGN_LEFT 
= _core_
.ALIGN_LEFT
 
 322 ALIGN_TOP 
= _core_
.ALIGN_TOP
 
 323 ALIGN_RIGHT 
= _core_
.ALIGN_RIGHT
 
 324 ALIGN_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 
 325 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 
 326 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 
 327 ALIGN_CENTER 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER
 
 328 ALIGN_CENTRE 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE
 
 329 ALIGN_MASK 
= _core_
.ALIGN_MASK
 
 330 STRETCH_NOT 
= _core_
.STRETCH_NOT
 
 331 SHRINK 
= _core_
.SHRINK
 
 333 EXPAND 
= _core_
.EXPAND
 
 334 SHAPED 
= _core_
.SHAPED
 
 335 FIXED_MINSIZE 
= _core_
.FIXED_MINSIZE
 
 337 ADJUST_MINSIZE 
= _core_
.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 
 338 BORDER_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.BORDER_DEFAULT
 
 339 BORDER_NONE 
= _core_
.BORDER_NONE
 
 340 BORDER_STATIC 
= _core_
.BORDER_STATIC
 
 341 BORDER_SIMPLE 
= _core_
.BORDER_SIMPLE
 
 342 BORDER_RAISED 
= _core_
.BORDER_RAISED
 
 343 BORDER_SUNKEN 
= _core_
.BORDER_SUNKEN
 
 344 BORDER_DOUBLE 
= _core_
.BORDER_DOUBLE
 
 345 BORDER_MASK 
= _core_
.BORDER_MASK
 
 346 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM 
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 
 347 BG_STYLE_COLOUR 
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 
 348 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM 
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 
 349 DEFAULT 
= _core_
.DEFAULT
 
 350 DECORATIVE 
= _core_
.DECORATIVE
 
 352 SCRIPT 
= _core_
.SCRIPT
 
 354 MODERN 
= _core_
.MODERN
 
 355 TELETYPE 
= _core_
.TELETYPE
 
 356 VARIABLE 
= _core_
.VARIABLE
 
 358 NORMAL 
= _core_
.NORMAL
 
 361 ITALIC 
= _core_
.ITALIC
 
 365 LONG_DASH 
= _core_
.LONG_DASH
 
 366 SHORT_DASH 
= _core_
.SHORT_DASH
 
 367 DOT_DASH 
= _core_
.DOT_DASH
 
 368 USER_DASH 
= _core_
.USER_DASH
 
 369 TRANSPARENT 
= _core_
.TRANSPARENT
 
 370 STIPPLE 
= _core_
.STIPPLE
 
 371 STIPPLE_MASK 
= _core_
.STIPPLE_MASK
 
 372 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE 
= _core_
.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 
 373 BDIAGONAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 
 374 CROSSDIAG_HATCH 
= _core_
.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 
 375 FDIAGONAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 
 376 CROSS_HATCH 
= _core_
.CROSS_HATCH
 
 377 HORIZONTAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 
 378 VERTICAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.VERTICAL_HATCH
 
 379 JOIN_BEVEL 
= _core_
.JOIN_BEVEL
 
 380 JOIN_MITER 
= _core_
.JOIN_MITER
 
 381 JOIN_ROUND 
= _core_
.JOIN_ROUND
 
 382 CAP_ROUND 
= _core_
.CAP_ROUND
 
 383 CAP_PROJECTING 
= _core_
.CAP_PROJECTING
 
 384 CAP_BUTT 
= _core_
.CAP_BUTT
 
 387 INVERT 
= _core_
.INVERT
 
 388 OR_REVERSE 
= _core_
.OR_REVERSE
 
 389 AND_REVERSE 
= _core_
.AND_REVERSE
 
 392 AND_INVERT 
= _core_
.AND_INVERT
 
 396 SRC_INVERT 
= _core_
.SRC_INVERT
 
 397 OR_INVERT 
= _core_
.OR_INVERT
 
 401 WXK_BACK 
= _core_
.WXK_BACK
 
 402 WXK_TAB 
= _core_
.WXK_TAB
 
 403 WXK_RETURN 
= _core_
.WXK_RETURN
 
 404 WXK_ESCAPE 
= _core_
.WXK_ESCAPE
 
 405 WXK_SPACE 
= _core_
.WXK_SPACE
 
 406 WXK_DELETE 
= _core_
.WXK_DELETE
 
 407 WXK_START 
= _core_
.WXK_START
 
 408 WXK_LBUTTON 
= _core_
.WXK_LBUTTON
 
 409 WXK_RBUTTON 
= _core_
.WXK_RBUTTON
 
 410 WXK_CANCEL 
= _core_
.WXK_CANCEL
 
 411 WXK_MBUTTON 
= _core_
.WXK_MBUTTON
 
 412 WXK_CLEAR 
= _core_
.WXK_CLEAR
 
 413 WXK_SHIFT 
= _core_
.WXK_SHIFT
 
 414 WXK_ALT 
= _core_
.WXK_ALT
 
 415 WXK_CONTROL 
= _core_
.WXK_CONTROL
 
 416 WXK_MENU 
= _core_
.WXK_MENU
 
 417 WXK_PAUSE 
= _core_
.WXK_PAUSE
 
 418 WXK_CAPITAL 
= _core_
.WXK_CAPITAL
 
 419 WXK_PRIOR 
= _core_
.WXK_PRIOR
 
 420 WXK_NEXT 
= _core_
.WXK_NEXT
 
 421 WXK_END 
= _core_
.WXK_END
 
 422 WXK_HOME 
= _core_
.WXK_HOME
 
 423 WXK_LEFT 
= _core_
.WXK_LEFT
 
 424 WXK_UP 
= _core_
.WXK_UP
 
 425 WXK_RIGHT 
= _core_
.WXK_RIGHT
 
 426 WXK_DOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_DOWN
 
 427 WXK_SELECT 
= _core_
.WXK_SELECT
 
 428 WXK_PRINT 
= _core_
.WXK_PRINT
 
 429 WXK_EXECUTE 
= _core_
.WXK_EXECUTE
 
 430 WXK_SNAPSHOT 
= _core_
.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 
 431 WXK_INSERT 
= _core_
.WXK_INSERT
 
 432 WXK_HELP 
= _core_
.WXK_HELP
 
 433 WXK_NUMPAD0 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD0
 
 434 WXK_NUMPAD1 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD1
 
 435 WXK_NUMPAD2 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD2
 
 436 WXK_NUMPAD3 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD3
 
 437 WXK_NUMPAD4 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD4
 
 438 WXK_NUMPAD5 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD5
 
 439 WXK_NUMPAD6 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD6
 
 440 WXK_NUMPAD7 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD7
 
 441 WXK_NUMPAD8 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD8
 
 442 WXK_NUMPAD9 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD9
 
 443 WXK_MULTIPLY 
= _core_
.WXK_MULTIPLY
 
 444 WXK_ADD 
= _core_
.WXK_ADD
 
 445 WXK_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.WXK_SEPARATOR
 
 446 WXK_SUBTRACT 
= _core_
.WXK_SUBTRACT
 
 447 WXK_DECIMAL 
= _core_
.WXK_DECIMAL
 
 448 WXK_DIVIDE 
= _core_
.WXK_DIVIDE
 
 449 WXK_F1 
= _core_
.WXK_F1
 
 450 WXK_F2 
= _core_
.WXK_F2
 
 451 WXK_F3 
= _core_
.WXK_F3
 
 452 WXK_F4 
= _core_
.WXK_F4
 
 453 WXK_F5 
= _core_
.WXK_F5
 
 454 WXK_F6 
= _core_
.WXK_F6
 
 455 WXK_F7 
= _core_
.WXK_F7
 
 456 WXK_F8 
= _core_
.WXK_F8
 
 457 WXK_F9 
= _core_
.WXK_F9
 
 458 WXK_F10 
= _core_
.WXK_F10
 
 459 WXK_F11 
= _core_
.WXK_F11
 
 460 WXK_F12 
= _core_
.WXK_F12
 
 461 WXK_F13 
= _core_
.WXK_F13
 
 462 WXK_F14 
= _core_
.WXK_F14
 
 463 WXK_F15 
= _core_
.WXK_F15
 
 464 WXK_F16 
= _core_
.WXK_F16
 
 465 WXK_F17 
= _core_
.WXK_F17
 
 466 WXK_F18 
= _core_
.WXK_F18
 
 467 WXK_F19 
= _core_
.WXK_F19
 
 468 WXK_F20 
= _core_
.WXK_F20
 
 469 WXK_F21 
= _core_
.WXK_F21
 
 470 WXK_F22 
= _core_
.WXK_F22
 
 471 WXK_F23 
= _core_
.WXK_F23
 
 472 WXK_F24 
= _core_
.WXK_F24
 
 473 WXK_NUMLOCK 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMLOCK
 
 474 WXK_SCROLL 
= _core_
.WXK_SCROLL
 
 475 WXK_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.WXK_PAGEUP
 
 476 WXK_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 
 477 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 
 478 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 
 479 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 
 480 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 
 481 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 
 482 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 
 483 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_UP 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_END 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 
 504 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT 
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 
 505 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT 
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 
 506 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU 
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 
 507 WXK_COMMAND 
= _core_
.WXK_COMMAND
 
 508 WXK_SPECIAL1 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL1
 
 509 WXK_SPECIAL2 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL2
 
 510 WXK_SPECIAL3 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL3
 
 511 WXK_SPECIAL4 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL4
 
 512 WXK_SPECIAL5 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL5
 
 513 WXK_SPECIAL6 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL6
 
 514 WXK_SPECIAL7 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL7
 
 515 WXK_SPECIAL8 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL8
 
 516 WXK_SPECIAL9 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL9
 
 517 WXK_SPECIAL10 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL10
 
 518 WXK_SPECIAL11 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL11
 
 519 WXK_SPECIAL12 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL12
 
 520 WXK_SPECIAL13 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL13
 
 521 WXK_SPECIAL14 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL14
 
 522 WXK_SPECIAL15 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL15
 
 523 WXK_SPECIAL16 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL16
 
 524 WXK_SPECIAL17 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL17
 
 525 WXK_SPECIAL18 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL18
 
 526 WXK_SPECIAL19 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL19
 
 527 WXK_SPECIAL20 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL20
 
 528 PAPER_NONE 
= _core_
.PAPER_NONE
 
 529 PAPER_LETTER 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER
 
 530 PAPER_LEGAL 
= _core_
.PAPER_LEGAL
 
 531 PAPER_A4 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4
 
 532 PAPER_CSHEET 
= _core_
.PAPER_CSHEET
 
 533 PAPER_DSHEET 
= _core_
.PAPER_DSHEET
 
 534 PAPER_ESHEET 
= _core_
.PAPER_ESHEET
 
 535 PAPER_LETTERSMALL 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 
 536 PAPER_TABLOID 
= _core_
.PAPER_TABLOID
 
 537 PAPER_LEDGER 
= _core_
.PAPER_LEDGER
 
 538 PAPER_STATEMENT 
= _core_
.PAPER_STATEMENT
 
 539 PAPER_EXECUTIVE 
= _core_
.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 
 540 PAPER_A3 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3
 
 541 PAPER_A4SMALL 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4SMALL
 
 542 PAPER_A5 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5
 
 543 PAPER_B4 
= _core_
.PAPER_B4
 
 544 PAPER_B5 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5
 
 545 PAPER_FOLIO 
= _core_
.PAPER_FOLIO
 
 546 PAPER_QUARTO 
= _core_
.PAPER_QUARTO
 
 547 PAPER_10X14 
= _core_
.PAPER_10X14
 
 548 PAPER_11X17 
= _core_
.PAPER_11X17
 
 549 PAPER_NOTE 
= _core_
.PAPER_NOTE
 
 550 PAPER_ENV_9 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_9
 
 551 PAPER_ENV_10 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_10
 
 552 PAPER_ENV_11 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_11
 
 553 PAPER_ENV_12 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_12
 
 554 PAPER_ENV_14 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_14
 
 555 PAPER_ENV_DL 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_DL
 
 556 PAPER_ENV_C5 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C5
 
 557 PAPER_ENV_C3 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C3
 
 558 PAPER_ENV_C4 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C4
 
 559 PAPER_ENV_C6 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C6
 
 560 PAPER_ENV_C65 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C65
 
 561 PAPER_ENV_B4 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B4
 
 562 PAPER_ENV_B5 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B5
 
 563 PAPER_ENV_B6 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B6
 
 564 PAPER_ENV_ITALY 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 
 565 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 
 566 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 
 567 PAPER_FANFOLD_US 
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 
 568 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN 
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 
 569 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN 
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 
 570 PAPER_ISO_B4 
= _core_
.PAPER_ISO_B4
 
 571 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD 
= _core_
.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 
 572 PAPER_9X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_9X11
 
 573 PAPER_10X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_10X11
 
 574 PAPER_15X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_15X11
 
 575 PAPER_ENV_INVITE 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 
 576 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 
 577 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 
 578 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 
 579 PAPER_A4_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 
 580 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 
 581 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 
 582 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 
 583 PAPER_A_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_A_PLUS
 
 584 PAPER_B_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_B_PLUS
 
 585 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 
 586 PAPER_A4_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 
 587 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 
 588 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 
 589 PAPER_A3_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 
 590 PAPER_A5_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 
 591 PAPER_B5_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 
 592 PAPER_A2 
= _core_
.PAPER_A2
 
 593 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 
 594 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 
 595 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD 
= _core_
.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 
 596 PAPER_A6 
= _core_
.PAPER_A6
 
 597 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 
 598 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 
 599 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 
 600 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 
 601 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 
 602 PAPER_A3_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 
 603 PAPER_A4_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 
 604 PAPER_A5_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 
 605 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 
 606 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 
 607 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 
 608 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 
 609 PAPER_A6_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 
 610 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 
 611 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 
 612 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 
 613 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 
 614 PAPER_B6_JIS 
= _core_
.PAPER_B6_JIS
 
 615 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 
 616 PAPER_12X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_12X11
 
 617 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 
 618 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 
 619 PAPER_P16K 
= _core_
.PAPER_P16K
 
 620 PAPER_P32K 
= _core_
.PAPER_P32K
 
 621 PAPER_P32KBIG 
= _core_
.PAPER_P32KBIG
 
 622 PAPER_PENV_1 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_1
 
 623 PAPER_PENV_2 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_2
 
 624 PAPER_PENV_3 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_3
 
 625 PAPER_PENV_4 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_4
 
 626 PAPER_PENV_5 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_5
 
 627 PAPER_PENV_6 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_6
 
 628 PAPER_PENV_7 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_7
 
 629 PAPER_PENV_8 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_8
 
 630 PAPER_PENV_9 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_9
 
 631 PAPER_PENV_10 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_10
 
 632 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 
 633 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 
 634 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 
 635 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 
 636 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 
 637 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 
 638 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 
 639 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 
 640 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 
 641 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 
 642 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 
 643 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 
 644 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 
 645 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX 
= _core_
.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 
 646 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 
 647 DUPLEX_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 
 648 ITEM_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 
 649 ITEM_NORMAL 
= _core_
.ITEM_NORMAL
 
 650 ITEM_CHECK 
= _core_
.ITEM_CHECK
 
 651 ITEM_RADIO 
= _core_
.ITEM_RADIO
 
 652 ITEM_MAX 
= _core_
.ITEM_MAX
 
 653 HT_NOWHERE 
= _core_
.HT_NOWHERE
 
 654 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 
 655 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 
 656 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 
 657 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 
 658 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 
 659 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 
 660 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 
 661 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 
 662 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 
 663 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 
 664 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 
 665 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 
 666 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 
 667 HT_WINDOW_CORNER 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 
 668 HT_MAX 
= _core_
.HT_MAX
 
 669 MOD_NONE 
= _core_
.MOD_NONE
 
 670 MOD_ALT 
= _core_
.MOD_ALT
 
 671 MOD_CONTROL 
= _core_
.MOD_CONTROL
 
 672 MOD_ALTGR 
= _core_
.MOD_ALTGR
 
 673 MOD_SHIFT 
= _core_
.MOD_SHIFT
 
 674 MOD_META 
= _core_
.MOD_META
 
 675 MOD_WIN 
= _core_
.MOD_WIN
 
 676 MOD_CMD 
= _core_
.MOD_CMD
 
 677 MOD_ALL 
= _core_
.MOD_ALL
 
 678 UPDATE_UI_NONE 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 
 679 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 
 680 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 
 681 Layout_Default 
= _core_
.Layout_Default
 
 682 Layout_LeftToRight 
= _core_
.Layout_LeftToRight
 
 683 Layout_RightToLeft 
= _core_
.Layout_RightToLeft
 
 684 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 686 class Object(object): 
 688     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not 
 689     much functionality is needed nor exposed. 
 691     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
 692     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
 693     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
 694     def GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 696         GetClassName(self) -> String 
 698         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI. 
 700         return _core_
.Object_GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 702     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 706         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. 
 708         args
[0].this
.own(False) 
 709         return _core_
.Object_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 711     def IsSameAs(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 713         IsSameAs(self, Object p) -> bool 
 715         For wx.Objects that use C++ reference counting internally, this method 
 716         can be used to determine if two objects are referencing the same data 
 719         return _core_
.Object_IsSameAs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 721     ClassName 
= property(GetClassName
,doc
="See `GetClassName`")  
 722 _core_
.Object_swigregister(Object
) 
 723 _wxPySetDictionary 
= _core_
._wxPySetDictionary
 
 725 EmptyString 
= cvar
.EmptyString
 
 727 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 
 743 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 
 744 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 
 745 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 
 746 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 
 747 BITMAP_TYPE_TGA 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_TGA
 
 748 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 
 749 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 
 750 CURSOR_NONE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_NONE
 
 751 CURSOR_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_ARROW
 
 752 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 
 753 CURSOR_BULLSEYE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 
 754 CURSOR_CHAR 
= _core_
.CURSOR_CHAR
 
 755 CURSOR_CROSS 
= _core_
.CURSOR_CROSS
 
 756 CURSOR_HAND 
= _core_
.CURSOR_HAND
 
 757 CURSOR_IBEAM 
= _core_
.CURSOR_IBEAM
 
 758 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON 
= _core_
.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 
 759 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER 
= _core_
.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 
 760 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON 
= _core_
.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 
 761 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY 
= _core_
.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 
 762 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH 
= _core_
.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 
 763 CURSOR_PENCIL 
= _core_
.CURSOR_PENCIL
 
 764 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 
 765 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 
 766 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 
 767 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON 
= _core_
.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 
 768 CURSOR_SIZENESW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 
 769 CURSOR_SIZENS 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENS
 
 770 CURSOR_SIZENWSE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 
 771 CURSOR_SIZEWE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 
 772 CURSOR_SIZING 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZING
 
 773 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 
 774 CURSOR_WAIT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_WAIT
 
 775 CURSOR_WATCH 
= _core_
.CURSOR_WATCH
 
 776 CURSOR_BLANK 
= _core_
.CURSOR_BLANK
 
 777 CURSOR_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 
 778 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 
 779 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 
 780 CURSOR_MAX 
= _core_
.CURSOR_MAX
 
 781 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 785     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of 
 786     something.  It simply contains integer width and height 
 787     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is 
 788     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead. 
 790     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
 791     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
 792     width 
= property(_core_
.Size_width_get
, _core_
.Size_width_set
) 
 793     height 
= property(_core_
.Size_height_get
, _core_
.Size_height_set
) 
 794     x 
= width
; y 
= height 
 
 795     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
 797         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size 
 799         Creates a size object. 
 801         _core_
.Size_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Size(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
 802     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_Size
 
 803     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
 804     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 806         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
 808         Test for equality of wx.Size objects. 
 810         return _core_
.Size___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 812     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 814         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
 816         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects. 
 818         return _core_
.Size___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 820     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 822         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size 
 824         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result. 
 826         return _core_
.Size___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 828     def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 830         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size 
 832         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result. 
 834         return _core_
.Size___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 836     def IncTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 840         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less 
 841         than the corresponding dimensions of the size. 
 843         return _core_
.Size_IncTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 845     def DecTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 849         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater 
 850         than the corresponding dimensions of the size. 
 852         return _core_
.Size_DecTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 854     def IncBy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 855         """IncBy(self, int dx, int dy)""" 
 856         return _core_
.Size_IncBy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 858     def DecBy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 859         """DecBy(self, int dx, int dy)""" 
 860         return _core_
.Size_DecBy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 862     def Scale(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 864         Scale(self, float xscale, float yscale) 
 866         Scales the dimensions of this object by the given factors. 
 868         return _core_
.Size_Scale(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 870     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 872         Set(self, int w, int h) 
 874         Set both width and height. 
 876         return _core_
.Size_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 878     def SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 879         """SetWidth(self, int w)""" 
 880         return _core_
.Size_SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 882     def SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 883         """SetHeight(self, int h)""" 
 884         return _core_
.Size_SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 886     def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 887         """GetWidth(self) -> int""" 
 888         return _core_
.Size_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 890     def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 891         """GetHeight(self) -> int""" 
 892         return _core_
.Size_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 894     def IsFullySpecified(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 896         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool 
 898         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values. 
 900         return _core_
.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 902     def SetDefaults(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 904         SetDefaults(self, Size size) 
 906         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components 
 907         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other. 
 909         return _core_
.Size_SetDefaults(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 911     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 913         Get() -> (width,height) 
 915         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple. 
 917         return _core_
.Size_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 919     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
 920     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
 921     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self
.Get()) 
 922     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
 923     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
 924     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
 925         if index 
== 0: self
.width 
= val
 
 926         elif index 
== 1: self
.height 
= val
 
 927         else: raise IndexError 
 928     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
 929     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
 930     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Size
, self
.Get()) 
 932 _core_
.Size_swigregister(Size
) 
 934 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 936 class RealPoint(object): 
 938     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating 
 939     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a 
 940     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple. 
 942     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
 943     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
 944     x 
= property(_core_
.RealPoint_x_get
, _core_
.RealPoint_x_set
) 
 945     y 
= property(_core_
.RealPoint_y_get
, _core_
.RealPoint_y_set
) 
 946     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
 948         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint 
 950         Create a wx.RealPoint object 
 952         _core_
.RealPoint_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_RealPoint(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
 953     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_RealPoint
 
 954     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
 955     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 957         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
 959         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects. 
 961         return _core_
.RealPoint___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 963     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 965         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
 967         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects. 
 969         return _core_
.RealPoint___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 971     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 973         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint 
 975         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result. 
 977         return _core_
.RealPoint___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 979     def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 981         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint 
 983         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result 
 985         return _core_
.RealPoint___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 987     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 989         Set(self, double x, double y) 
 991         Set both the x and y properties 
 993         return _core_
.RealPoint_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 995     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 999         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.  
1001         return _core_
.RealPoint_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1003     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1004     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1005     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self
.Get()) 
1006     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1007     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1008     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1009         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1010         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1011         else: raise IndexError 
1012     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0.0, 0.0) 
1013     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1014     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.RealPoint
, self
.Get()) 
1016 _core_
.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint
) 
1018 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1020 class Point(object): 
1022     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x 
1023     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can 
1024     also accept a (x,y) tuple. 
1026     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
1027     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
1028     x 
= property(_core_
.Point_x_get
, _core_
.Point_x_set
) 
1029     y 
= property(_core_
.Point_y_get
, _core_
.Point_y_set
) 
1030     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
1032         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point 
1034         Create a wx.Point object 
1036         _core_
.Point_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Point(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
1037     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_Point
 
1038     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
1039     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1041         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
1043         Test for equality of wx.Point objects. 
1045         return _core_
.Point___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1047     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1049         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
1051         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects. 
1053         return _core_
.Point___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1055     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1057         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1059         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result. 
1061         return _core_
.Point___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1063     def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1065         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1067         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result 
1069         return _core_
.Point___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1071     def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1073         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1075         Add pt to this object. 
1077         return _core_
.Point___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1079     def __isub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1081         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1083         Subtract pt from this object. 
1085         return _core_
.Point___isub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1087     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1089         Set(self, long x, long y) 
1091         Set both the x and y properties 
1093         return _core_
.Point_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1095     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1099         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.  
1101         return _core_
.Point_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1103     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1104     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1105     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self
.Get()) 
1106     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1107     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1108     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1109         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1110         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1111         else: raise IndexError 
1112     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
1113     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1114     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Point
, self
.Get()) 
1116 _core_
.Point_swigregister(Point
) 
1118 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1122     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y, 
1123     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a 
1124     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple. 
1126     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
1127     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
1128     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
1130         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect 
1132         Create a new Rect object. 
1134         _core_
.Rect_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Rect(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
1135     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_Rect
 
1136     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
1137     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1138         """GetX(self) -> int""" 
1139         return _core_
.Rect_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1141     def SetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1142         """SetX(self, int x)""" 
1143         return _core_
.Rect_SetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1145     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1146         """GetY(self) -> int""" 
1147         return _core_
.Rect_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1149     def SetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1150         """SetY(self, int y)""" 
1151         return _core_
.Rect_SetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1153     def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1154         """GetWidth(self) -> int""" 
1155         return _core_
.Rect_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1157     def SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1158         """SetWidth(self, int w)""" 
1159         return _core_
.Rect_SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1161     def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1162         """GetHeight(self) -> int""" 
1163         return _core_
.Rect_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1165     def SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1166         """SetHeight(self, int h)""" 
1167         return _core_
.Rect_SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1169     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1170         """GetPosition(self) -> Point""" 
1171         return _core_
.Rect_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1173     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1174         """SetPosition(self, Point p)""" 
1175         return _core_
.Rect_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1177     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1178         """GetSize(self) -> Size""" 
1179         return _core_
.Rect_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1181     def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1182         """SetSize(self, Size s)""" 
1183         return _core_
.Rect_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1185     def IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1186         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool""" 
1187         return _core_
.Rect_IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1189     def GetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1190         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point""" 
1191         return _core_
.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1193     def SetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1194         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)""" 
1195         return _core_
.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1197     def GetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1198         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point""" 
1199         return _core_
.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1201     def SetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1202         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)""" 
1203         return _core_
.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1205     def GetTopRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1206         """GetTopRight(self) -> Point""" 
1207         return _core_
.Rect_GetTopRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1209     def SetTopRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1210         """SetTopRight(self, Point p)""" 
1211         return _core_
.Rect_SetTopRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1213     def GetBottomLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1214         """GetBottomLeft(self) -> Point""" 
1215         return _core_
.Rect_GetBottomLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1217     def SetBottomLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1218         """SetBottomLeft(self, Point p)""" 
1219         return _core_
.Rect_SetBottomLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1221     def GetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1222         """GetLeft(self) -> int""" 
1223         return _core_
.Rect_GetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1225     def GetTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1226         """GetTop(self) -> int""" 
1227         return _core_
.Rect_GetTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1229     def GetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1230         """GetBottom(self) -> int""" 
1231         return _core_
.Rect_GetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1233     def GetRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1234         """GetRight(self) -> int""" 
1235         return _core_
.Rect_GetRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1237     def SetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1238         """SetLeft(self, int left)""" 
1239         return _core_
.Rect_SetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1241     def SetRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1242         """SetRight(self, int right)""" 
1243         return _core_
.Rect_SetRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1245     def SetTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1246         """SetTop(self, int top)""" 
1247         return _core_
.Rect_SetTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1249     def SetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1250         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)""" 
1251         return _core_
.Rect_SetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1253     position 
= property(GetPosition
, SetPosition
) 
1254     size 
= property(GetSize
, SetSize
) 
1255     left 
= property(GetLeft
, SetLeft
) 
1256     right 
= property(GetRight
, SetRight
) 
1257     top 
= property(GetTop
, SetTop
) 
1258     bottom 
= property(GetBottom
, SetBottom
) 
1260     def Inflate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1262         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect 
1264         Increases the size of the rectangle. 
1266         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved 
1267         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the 
1268         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and 
1269         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``, 
1270         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the 
1271         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective 
1274         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a 
1275         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy 
1278             copy = wx.Rect(*original) 
1283         return _core_
.Rect_Inflate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1285     def Deflate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1287         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect 
1289         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate` 
1290         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to 
1291         `Inflate` for a full description. 
1293         return _core_
.Rect_Deflate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1295     def OffsetXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1297         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy) 
1299         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the 
1300         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the 
1301         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively. 
1303         return _core_
.Rect_OffsetXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1305     def Offset(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1307         Offset(self, Point pt) 
1309         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point 
1311         return _core_
.Rect_Offset(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1313     def Intersect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1315         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1317         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect. 
1319         return _core_
.Rect_Intersect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1321     def Union(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1323         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1325         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect. 
1327         return _core_
.Rect_Union(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1329     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1331         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1333         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result. 
1335         return _core_
.Rect___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1337     def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1339         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1341         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle. 
1343         return _core_
.Rect___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1345     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1347         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
1349         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects. 
1351         return _core_
.Rect___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1353     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1355         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
1357         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects. 
1359         return _core_
.Rect___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1361     def ContainsXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1363         ContainsXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool 
1365         Return True if the point is inside the rect. 
1367         return _core_
.Rect_ContainsXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1369     def Contains(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1371         Contains(self, Point pt) -> bool 
1373         Return True if the point is inside the rect. 
1375         return _core_
.Rect_Contains(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1377     def ContainsRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1379         ContainsRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
1381         Returns ``True`` if the given rectangle is completely inside this 
1382         rectangle or touches its boundary. 
1384         return _core_
.Rect_ContainsRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1386     #Inside = wx._deprecated(Contains, "Use `Contains` instead.") 
1387     #InsideXY = wx._deprecated(ContainsXY, "Use `ContainsXY` instead.") 
1388     #InsideRect = wx._deprecated(ContainsRect, "Use `ContainsRect` instead.") 
1390     InsideXY 
= ContainsXY
 
1391     InsideRect 
= ContainsRect
 
1393     def Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1395         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
1397         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection. 
1399         return _core_
.Rect_Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1401     def CenterIn(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1403         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect 
1405         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is 
1406         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one. 
1408         return _core_
.Rect_CenterIn(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1411     x 
= property(_core_
.Rect_x_get
, _core_
.Rect_x_set
) 
1412     y 
= property(_core_
.Rect_y_get
, _core_
.Rect_y_set
) 
1413     width 
= property(_core_
.Rect_width_get
, _core_
.Rect_width_set
) 
1414     height 
= property(_core_
.Rect_height_get
, _core_
.Rect_height_set
) 
1415     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1417         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) 
1419         Set all rectangle properties. 
1421         return _core_
.Rect_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1423     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1425         Get() -> (x,y,width,height) 
1427         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple. 
1429         return _core_
.Rect_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1431     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1432     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1433     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self
.Get()) 
1434     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1435     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1436     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1437         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1438         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1439         elif index 
== 2: self
.width 
= val
 
1440         elif index 
== 3: self
.height 
= val
 
1441         else: raise IndexError 
1442     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0,0,0) 
1443     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1444     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Rect
, self
.Get()) 
1446     Bottom 
= property(GetBottom
,SetBottom
,doc
="See `GetBottom` and `SetBottom`")  
1447     BottomRight 
= property(GetBottomRight
,SetBottomRight
,doc
="See `GetBottomRight` and `SetBottomRight`")  
1448     BottomLeft 
= property(GetBottomLeft
,SetBottomLeft
,doc
="See `GetBottomLeft` and `SetBottomLeft`")  
1449     Height 
= property(GetHeight
,SetHeight
,doc
="See `GetHeight` and `SetHeight`")  
1450     Left 
= property(GetLeft
,SetLeft
,doc
="See `GetLeft` and `SetLeft`")  
1451     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,SetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")  
1452     Right 
= property(GetRight
,SetRight
,doc
="See `GetRight` and `SetRight`")  
1453     Size 
= property(GetSize
,SetSize
,doc
="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")  
1454     Top 
= property(GetTop
,SetTop
,doc
="See `GetTop` and `SetTop`")  
1455     TopLeft 
= property(GetTopLeft
,SetTopLeft
,doc
="See `GetTopLeft` and `SetTopLeft`")  
1456     TopRight 
= property(GetTopRight
,SetTopRight
,doc
="See `GetTopRight` and `SetTopRight`")  
1457     Width 
= property(GetWidth
,SetWidth
,doc
="See `GetWidth` and `SetWidth`")  
1458     X 
= property(GetX
,SetX
,doc
="See `GetX` and `SetX`")  
1459     Y 
= property(GetY
,SetY
,doc
="See `GetY` and `SetY`")  
1460     Empty 
= property(IsEmpty
,doc
="See `IsEmpty`")  
1461 _core_
.Rect_swigregister(Rect
) 
1463 def RectPP(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1465     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect 
1467     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners. 
1469     val 
= _core_
.new_RectPP(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1472 def RectPS(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1474     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect 
1476     Create a new Rect from a position and size. 
1478     val 
= _core_
.new_RectPS(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1481 def RectS(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1483     RectS(Size size) -> Rect 
1485     Create a new Rect from a size only. 
1487     val 
= _core_
.new_RectS(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1491 def IntersectRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1493     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect 
1495     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2. 
1497   return _core_
.IntersectRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1498 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1500 class Point2D(object): 
1502     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system 
1503     with floating point values. 
1505     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
1506     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
1507     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
1509         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D 
1511         Create a w.Point2D object. 
1513         _core_
.Point2D_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Point2D(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
1514     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_Point2D
 
1515     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
1516     def GetFloor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1522         return _core_
.Point2D_GetFloor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1524     def GetRounded(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1526         GetRounded() -> (x,y) 
1530         return _core_
.Point2D_GetRounded(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1532     def GetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1533         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double""" 
1534         return _core_
.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1536     def GetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1537         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double""" 
1538         return _core_
.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1540     def SetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1541         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)""" 
1542         return _core_
.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1544     def SetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1545         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)""" 
1546         return _core_
.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1548     def SetPolarCoordinates(self
, angle
, length
): 
1549         self
.SetVectorLength(length
) 
1550         self
.SetVectorAngle(angle
) 
1551     def Normalize(self
): 
1552         self
.SetVectorLength(1.0) 
1554     def GetDistance(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1555         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double""" 
1556         return _core_
.Point2D_GetDistance(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1558     def GetDistanceSquare(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1559         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double""" 
1560         return _core_
.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1562     def GetDotProduct(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1563         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double""" 
1564         return _core_
.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1566     def GetCrossProduct(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1567         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double""" 
1568         return _core_
.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1570     def __neg__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1572         __neg__(self) -> Point2D 
1574         the reflection of this point 
1576         return _core_
.Point2D___neg__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1578     def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1579         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1580         return _core_
.Point2D___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1582     def __isub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1583         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1584         return _core_
.Point2D___isub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1586     def __imul__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1587         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1588         return _core_
.Point2D___imul__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1590     def __idiv__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1591         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1592         return _core_
.Point2D___idiv__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1594     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1596         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
1598         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects. 
1600         return _core_
.Point2D___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1602     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1604         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
1606         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects. 
1608         return _core_
.Point2D___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1610     x 
= property(_core_
.Point2D_x_get
, _core_
.Point2D_x_set
) 
1611     y 
= property(_core_
.Point2D_y_get
, _core_
.Point2D_y_set
) 
1612     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1613         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)""" 
1614         return _core_
.Point2D_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1616     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1620         Return x and y properties as a tuple. 
1622         return _core_
.Point2D_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1624     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1625     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1626     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self
.Get()) 
1627     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1628     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1629     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1630         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1631         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1632         else: raise IndexError 
1633     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0.0, 0.0) 
1634     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1635     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Point2D
, self
.Get()) 
1637     Floor 
= property(GetFloor
,doc
="See `GetFloor`")  
1638     Rounded 
= property(GetRounded
,doc
="See `GetRounded`")  
1639     VectorAngle 
= property(GetVectorAngle
,SetVectorAngle
,doc
="See `GetVectorAngle` and `SetVectorAngle`")  
1640     VectorLength 
= property(GetVectorLength
,SetVectorLength
,doc
="See `GetVectorLength` and `SetVectorLength`")  
1641 _core_
.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D
) 
1643 def Point2DCopy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1645     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D 
1647     Create a w.Point2D object. 
1649     val 
= _core_
.new_Point2DCopy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1652 def Point2DFromPoint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1654     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D 
1656     Create a w.Point2D object. 
1658     val 
= _core_
.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1661 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1663 Inside 
= _core_
.Inside
 
1664 OutLeft 
= _core_
.OutLeft
 
1665 OutRight 
= _core_
.OutRight
 
1666 OutTop 
= _core_
.OutTop
 
1667 OutBottom 
= _core_
.OutBottom
 
1668 class Rect2D(object): 
1670     wx.Rect2D is a rectangle, with position and size, in a 2D coordinate system 
1671     with floating point component values. 
1673     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
1674     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
1675     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
1677         __init__(self, wxDouble x=0.0, wxDouble y=0.0, wxDouble w=0.0, wxDouble h=0.0) -> Rect2D 
1679         wx.Rect2D is a rectangle, with position and size, in a 2D coordinate system 
1680         with floating point component values. 
1682         _core_
.Rect2D_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Rect2D(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
1683     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_Rect2D
 
1684     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
1685     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1686         """GetPosition(self) -> Point2D""" 
1687         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1689     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1690         """GetSize(self) -> Size""" 
1691         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1693     def GetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1694         """GetLeft(self) -> wxDouble""" 
1695         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1697     def SetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1698         """SetLeft(self, wxDouble n)""" 
1699         return _core_
.Rect2D_SetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1701     def MoveLeftTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1702         """MoveLeftTo(self, wxDouble n)""" 
1703         return _core_
.Rect2D_MoveLeftTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1705     def GetTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1706         """GetTop(self) -> wxDouble""" 
1707         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1709     def SetTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1710         """SetTop(self, wxDouble n)""" 
1711         return _core_
.Rect2D_SetTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1713     def MoveTopTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1714         """MoveTopTo(self, wxDouble n)""" 
1715         return _core_
.Rect2D_MoveTopTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1717     def GetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1718         """GetBottom(self) -> wxDouble""" 
1719         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1721     def SetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1722         """SetBottom(self, wxDouble n)""" 
1723         return _core_
.Rect2D_SetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1725     def MoveBottomTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1726         """MoveBottomTo(self, wxDouble n)""" 
1727         return _core_
.Rect2D_MoveBottomTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1729     def GetRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1730         """GetRight(self) -> wxDouble""" 
1731         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1733     def SetRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1734         """SetRight(self, wxDouble n)""" 
1735         return _core_
.Rect2D_SetRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1737     def MoveRightTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1738         """MoveRightTo(self, wxDouble n)""" 
1739         return _core_
.Rect2D_MoveRightTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1741     def GetLeftTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1742         """GetLeftTop(self) -> Point2D""" 
1743         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetLeftTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1745     def SetLeftTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1746         """SetLeftTop(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1747         return _core_
.Rect2D_SetLeftTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1749     def MoveLeftTopTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1750         """MoveLeftTopTo(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1751         return _core_
.Rect2D_MoveLeftTopTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1753     def GetLeftBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1754         """GetLeftBottom(self) -> Point2D""" 
1755         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetLeftBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1757     def SetLeftBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1758         """SetLeftBottom(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1759         return _core_
.Rect2D_SetLeftBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1761     def MoveLeftBottomTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1762         """MoveLeftBottomTo(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1763         return _core_
.Rect2D_MoveLeftBottomTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1765     def GetRightTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1766         """GetRightTop(self) -> Point2D""" 
1767         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetRightTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1769     def SetRightTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1770         """SetRightTop(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1771         return _core_
.Rect2D_SetRightTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1773     def MoveRightTopTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1774         """MoveRightTopTo(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1775         return _core_
.Rect2D_MoveRightTopTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1777     def GetRightBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1778         """GetRightBottom(self) -> Point2D""" 
1779         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetRightBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1781     def SetRightBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1782         """SetRightBottom(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1783         return _core_
.Rect2D_SetRightBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1785     def MoveRightBottomTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1786         """MoveRightBottomTo(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1787         return _core_
.Rect2D_MoveRightBottomTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1789     def GetCentre(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1790         """GetCentre(self) -> Point2D""" 
1791         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetCentre(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1793     def SetCentre(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1794         """SetCentre(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1795         return _core_
.Rect2D_SetCentre(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1797     def MoveCentreTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1798         """MoveCentreTo(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1799         return _core_
.Rect2D_MoveCentreTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1801     def GetOutcode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1802         """GetOutcode(self, Point2D pt) -> int""" 
1803         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetOutcode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1805     def Contains(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1806         """Contains(self, Point2D pt) -> bool""" 
1807         return _core_
.Rect2D_Contains(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1809     def ContainsRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1810         """ContainsRect(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool""" 
1811         return _core_
.Rect2D_ContainsRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1813     def IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1814         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool""" 
1815         return _core_
.Rect2D_IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1817     def HaveEqualSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1818         """HaveEqualSize(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool""" 
1819         return _core_
.Rect2D_HaveEqualSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1823         Inset(self, wxDouble x, wxDouble y) 
1824         Inset(self, wxDouble left, wxDouble top, wxDouble right, wxDouble bottom) 
1826         return _core_
.Rect2D_Inset(*args
) 
1828     def Offset(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1829         """Offset(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1830         return _core_
.Rect2D_Offset(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1832     def ConstrainTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1833         """ConstrainTo(self, Rect2D rect)""" 
1834         return _core_
.Rect2D_ConstrainTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1836     def Interpolate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1837         """Interpolate(self, int widthfactor, int heightfactor) -> Point2D""" 
1838         return _core_
.Rect2D_Interpolate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1840     def Intersect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1841         """Intersect(self, Rect2D otherRect)""" 
1842         return _core_
.Rect2D_Intersect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1844     def CreateIntersection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1845         """CreateIntersection(self, Rect2D otherRect) -> Rect2D""" 
1846         return _core_
.Rect2D_CreateIntersection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1848     def Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1849         """Intersects(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool""" 
1850         return _core_
.Rect2D_Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1852     def Union(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1853         """Union(self, Rect2D otherRect)""" 
1854         return _core_
.Rect2D_Union(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1856     def CreateUnion(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1857         """CreateUnion(self, Rect2D otherRect) -> Rect2D""" 
1858         return _core_
.Rect2D_CreateUnion(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1862         Scale(self, wxDouble f) 
1863         Scale(self, int num, int denum) 
1865         return _core_
.Rect2D_Scale(*args
) 
1867     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1869         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
1871         Test for equality of wx.Rect2D objects. 
1873         return _core_
.Rect2D___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1875     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1877         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
1879         Test for inequality of wx.Rect2D objects. 
1881         return _core_
.Rect2D___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1883     x 
= property(_core_
.Rect2D_x_get
, _core_
.Rect2D_x_set
) 
1884     y 
= property(_core_
.Rect2D_y_get
, _core_
.Rect2D_y_set
) 
1885     width 
= property(_core_
.Rect2D_width_get
, _core_
.Rect2D_width_set
) 
1886     height 
= property(_core_
.Rect2D_height_get
, _core_
.Rect2D_height_set
) 
1887     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1888         """Set(self, wxDouble x=0, wxDouble y=0, wxDouble width=0, wxDouble height=0)""" 
1889         return _core_
.Rect2D_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1891     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1893         Get() -> (x,y, width, height) 
1895         Return x, y, width and height y properties as a tuple. 
1897         return _core_
.Rect2D_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1899     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1900     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Rect2D'+str(self
.Get()) 
1901     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1902     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1903     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1904         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1905         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1906         elif index 
== 2: self
.width 
= val
 
1907         elif index 
== 3: self
.height 
= val                        
 
1908         else: raise IndexError 
1909     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0) 
1910     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1911     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Rect2D
, self
.Get()) 
1913 _core_
.Rect2D_swigregister(Rect2D
) 
1915 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1917 FromStart 
= _core_
.FromStart
 
1918 FromCurrent 
= _core_
.FromCurrent
 
1919 FromEnd 
= _core_
.FromEnd
 
1920 class InputStream(object): 
1921     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class""" 
1922     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
1923     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
1924     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
1925         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream""" 
1926         _core_
.InputStream_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_InputStream(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
1927     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_InputStream
 
1928     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
1929     def close(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1931         return _core_
.InputStream_close(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1933     def flush(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1935         return _core_
.InputStream_flush(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1937     def eof(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1938         """eof(self) -> bool""" 
1939         return _core_
.InputStream_eof(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1941     def read(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1942         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject""" 
1943         return _core_
.InputStream_read(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1945     def readline(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1946         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject""" 
1947         return _core_
.InputStream_readline(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1949     def readlines(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1950         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject""" 
1951         return _core_
.InputStream_readlines(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1953     def seek(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1954         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)""" 
1955         return _core_
.InputStream_seek(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1957     def tell(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1958         """tell(self) -> int""" 
1959         return _core_
.InputStream_tell(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1961     def Peek(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1962         """Peek(self) -> char""" 
1963         return _core_
.InputStream_Peek(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1965     def GetC(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1966         """GetC(self) -> char""" 
1967         return _core_
.InputStream_GetC(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1969     def LastRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1970         """LastRead(self) -> size_t""" 
1971         return _core_
.InputStream_LastRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1973     def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1974         """CanRead(self) -> bool""" 
1975         return _core_
.InputStream_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1977     def Eof(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1978         """Eof(self) -> bool""" 
1979         return _core_
.InputStream_Eof(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1981     def Ungetch(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1982         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool""" 
1983         return _core_
.InputStream_Ungetch(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1985     def SeekI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1986         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long""" 
1987         return _core_
.InputStream_SeekI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1989     def TellI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1990         """TellI(self) -> long""" 
1991         return _core_
.InputStream_TellI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1993 _core_
.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream
) 
1994 DefaultPosition 
= cvar
.DefaultPosition
 
1995 DefaultSize 
= cvar
.DefaultSize
 
1997 class OutputStream(object): 
1998     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class""" 
1999     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2000     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
2001     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2002     def write(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2003         """write(self, PyObject obj)""" 
2004         return _core_
.OutputStream_write(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2006     def LastWrite(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2007         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t""" 
2008         return _core_
.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2010 _core_
.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream
) 
2012 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
2014 class FSFile(Object
): 
2015     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class""" 
2016     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2017     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2018     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2020         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,  
2021             DateTime modif) -> FSFile 
2023         _core_
.FSFile_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_FSFile(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2024     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_FSFile
 
2025     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
2026     def GetStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2027         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream""" 
2028         return _core_
.FSFile_GetStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2030     def DetachStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2031         """DetachStream(self)""" 
2032         return _core_
.FSFile_DetachStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2034     def GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2035         """GetMimeType(self) -> String""" 
2036         return _core_
.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2038     def GetLocation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2039         """GetLocation(self) -> String""" 
2040         return _core_
.FSFile_GetLocation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2042     def GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2043         """GetAnchor(self) -> String""" 
2044         return _core_
.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2046     def GetModificationTime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2047         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime""" 
2048         return _core_
.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2050     Anchor 
= property(GetAnchor
,doc
="See `GetAnchor`")  
2051     Location 
= property(GetLocation
,doc
="See `GetLocation`")  
2052     MimeType 
= property(GetMimeType
,doc
="See `GetMimeType`")  
2053     ModificationTime 
= property(GetModificationTime
,doc
="See `GetModificationTime`")  
2054     Stream 
= property(GetStream
,doc
="See `GetStream`")  
2055 _core_
.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile
) 
2057 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object): 
2058     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class""" 
2059     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2060     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
2061     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2062     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
 
2063     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
2064 _core_
.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler
) 
2066 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
2067     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class""" 
2068     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2069     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2070     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2071         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler""" 
2072         _core_
.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_FileSystemHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2073         self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, FileSystemHandler
) 
2075     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2076         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)""" 
2077         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2079     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2080         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
2081         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2083     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2084         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
2085         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2087     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2088         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
2089         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2091     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2092         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
2093         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2095     def GetProtocol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2096         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String""" 
2097         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2099     def GetLeftLocation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2100         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String""" 
2101         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2103     def GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2104         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String""" 
2105         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2107     def GetRightLocation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2108         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String""" 
2109         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2111     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2112         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String""" 
2113         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2115     Anchor 
= property(GetAnchor
,doc
="See `GetAnchor`")  
2116     LeftLocation 
= property(GetLeftLocation
,doc
="See `GetLeftLocation`")  
2117     MimeTypeFromExt 
= property(GetMimeTypeFromExt
,doc
="See `GetMimeTypeFromExt`")  
2118     Protocol 
= property(GetProtocol
,doc
="See `GetProtocol`")  
2119     RightLocation 
= property(GetRightLocation
,doc
="See `GetRightLocation`")  
2120 _core_
.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler
) 
2122 class FileSystem(Object
): 
2123     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class""" 
2124     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2125     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2126     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2127         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem""" 
2128         _core_
.FileSystem_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_FileSystem(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2129     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_FileSystem
 
2130     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
2131     def ChangePathTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2132         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)""" 
2133         return _core_
.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2135     def GetPath(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2136         """GetPath(self) -> String""" 
2137         return _core_
.FileSystem_GetPath(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2139     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2140         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile""" 
2141         return _core_
.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2143     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2144         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
2145         return _core_
.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2147     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2148         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
2149         return _core_
.FileSystem_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2151     def AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2152         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)""" 
2153         return _core_
.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2155     AddHandler 
= staticmethod(AddHandler
) 
2156     def RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2157         """RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler""" 
2158         return _core_
.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2160     RemoveHandler 
= staticmethod(RemoveHandler
) 
2161     def CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2162         """CleanUpHandlers()""" 
2163         return _core_
.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2165     CleanUpHandlers 
= staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers
) 
2166     def FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2167         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String""" 
2168         return _core_
.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2170     FileNameToURL 
= staticmethod(FileNameToURL
) 
2171     def URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2172         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String""" 
2173         return _core_
.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2175     URLToFileName 
= staticmethod(URLToFileName
) 
2176     Path 
= property(GetPath
,doc
="See `GetPath`")  
2177 _core_
.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem
) 
2179 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2180   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)""" 
2181   return _core_
.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2183 def FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2184   """FileSystem_RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler""" 
2185   return _core_
.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2187 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
): 
2188   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()""" 
2189   return _core_
.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
) 
2191 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2192   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String""" 
2193   return _core_
.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2195 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2196   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String""" 
2197   return _core_
.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2199 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
2200     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class""" 
2201     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2202     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2203     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2204         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler""" 
2205         _core_
.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_InternetFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2206     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2207         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
2208         return _core_
.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2210     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2211         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
2212         return _core_
.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2214 _core_
.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler
) 
2216 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
2217     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class""" 
2218     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2219     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2220     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2221         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler""" 
2222         _core_
.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ZipFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2223     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2224         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
2225         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2227     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2228         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
2229         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2231     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2232         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
2233         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2235     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2236         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
2237         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2239 _core_
.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler
) 
2242 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2243   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)""" 
2244   return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_wxImage
(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2246 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2247   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)""" 
2248   return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_wxBitmap
(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2250 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2251   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)""" 
2252   return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_Data
(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2253 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
=-1): 
2255     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can 
2256     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain 
2257     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType 
2258     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be 
2259     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc. 
2261     if isinstance(dataItem
, wx
.Image
): 
2262         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
) 
2263     elif isinstance(dataItem
, wx
.Bitmap
): 
2264         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
) 
2265     elif type(dataItem
) == str: 
2266         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename
, dataItem
) 
2268         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected' 
2270 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
2271     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class""" 
2272     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2273     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2274     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2275         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler""" 
2276         _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2277     def RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2278         """RemoveFile(String filename)""" 
2279         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2281     RemoveFile 
= staticmethod(RemoveFile
) 
2282     AddFile 
= staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile
)  
2283     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2284         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
2285         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2287     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2288         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
2289         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2291     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2292         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
2293         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2295     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2296         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
2297         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2299 _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler
) 
2301 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2302   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)""" 
2303   return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2305 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT 
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
 
2306 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD 
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
 
2307 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE 
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
 
2308 IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL 
= _core_
.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL
 
2309 IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH 
= _core_
.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH
 
2310 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
2312 class ImageHandler(Object
): 
2314     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and 
2315     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not 
2316     normally seen by the application. 
2318     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2319     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
2320     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2321     def GetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2322         """GetName(self) -> String""" 
2323         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2325     def GetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2326         """GetExtension(self) -> String""" 
2327         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2329     def GetType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2330         """GetType(self) -> long""" 
2331         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2333     def GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2334         """GetMimeType(self) -> String""" 
2335         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2337     def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2338         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool""" 
2339         return _core_
.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2341     def CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2342         """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool""" 
2343         return _core_
.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2345     def SetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2346         """SetName(self, String name)""" 
2347         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2349     def SetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2350         """SetExtension(self, String extension)""" 
2351         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2353     def SetType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2354         """SetType(self, long type)""" 
2355         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2357     def SetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2358         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)""" 
2359         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2361     Extension 
= property(GetExtension
,SetExtension
,doc
="See `GetExtension` and `SetExtension`")  
2362     MimeType 
= property(GetMimeType
,SetMimeType
,doc
="See `GetMimeType` and `SetMimeType`")  
2363     Name 
= property(GetName
,SetName
,doc
="See `GetName` and `SetName`")  
2364     Type 
= property(GetType
,SetType
,doc
="See `GetType` and `SetType`")  
2365 _core_
.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler
) 
2367 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler
): 
2369     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and 
2370     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom 
2371     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide 
2372     the following methods:: 
2374         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool 
2375             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream''' 
2377         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool 
2378             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.''' 
2380         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool 
2381             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using 
2382                this handler's image file format.''' 
2384         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int 
2385             '''If this image format can hold more than one image, 
2386                how many does the image on the stream have?''' 
2388     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to 
2389     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and 
2390     `SetExtension` from your constructor. 
2393     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2394     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2395     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2397         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler 
2399         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and 
2400         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom 
2401         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide 
2402         the following methods:: 
2404             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool 
2405                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream''' 
2407             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool 
2408                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.''' 
2410             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool 
2411                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using 
2412                    this handler's image file format.''' 
2414             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int 
2415                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image, 
2416                    how many does the image on the stream have?''' 
2418         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to 
2419         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and 
2420         `SetExtension` from your constructor. 
2423         _core_
.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PyImageHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2426     def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2427         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)""" 
2428         return _core_
.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2430 _core_
.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler
) 
2432 class ImageHistogram(object): 
2433     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class""" 
2434     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2435     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2436     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2437         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram""" 
2438         _core_
.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ImageHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2439     def MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2441         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long 
2443         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values 
2445         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2447     MakeKey 
= staticmethod(MakeKey
) 
2448     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2450         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b) 
2452         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB 
2453         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a 
2454         success flag and rgb values. 
2456         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2458     def GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2460         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long 
2462         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a 
2463         key value from a RGB tripple. 
2465         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2467     def GetCountRGB(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2469         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long 
2471         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values. 
2473         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2475     def GetCountColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2477         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long 
2479         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value. 
2481         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2483 _core_
.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram
) 
2485 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2487     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long 
2489     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values 
2491   return _core_
.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2493 class Image_RGBValue(object): 
2495     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent 
2496     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and 
2497     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB 
2500     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2501     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2502     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2504         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue 
2508         _core_
.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Image_RGBValue(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2509     red 
= property(_core_
.Image_RGBValue_red_get
, _core_
.Image_RGBValue_red_set
) 
2510     green 
= property(_core_
.Image_RGBValue_green_get
, _core_
.Image_RGBValue_green_set
) 
2511     blue 
= property(_core_
.Image_RGBValue_blue_get
, _core_
.Image_RGBValue_blue_set
) 
2512 _core_
.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue
) 
2514 class Image_HSVValue(object): 
2516     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which 
2517     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and 
2518     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB 
2521     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2522     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2523     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2525         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue 
2529         _core_
.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Image_HSVValue(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2530     hue 
= property(_core_
.Image_HSVValue_hue_get
, _core_
.Image_HSVValue_hue_set
) 
2531     saturation 
= property(_core_
.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get
, _core_
.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set
) 
2532     value 
= property(_core_
.Image_HSVValue_value_get
, _core_
.Image_HSVValue_value_set
) 
2533 _core_
.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue
) 
2535 class Image(Object
): 
2537     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from 
2538     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a 
2539     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image 
2540     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation. 
2542     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a 
2543     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the 
2544     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a 
2545     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`. 
2547     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will 
2548     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the 
2551     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte 
2552     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also 
2553     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0 
2554     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255 
2555     means that the pixel is 100% opaque. 
2557     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using 
2558     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel 
2559     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files 
2560     with transparency information will have an alpha channel. 
2562     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2563     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2564     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2566         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image 
2568         Loads an image from a file. 
2570         _core_
.Image_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Image(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2571     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_Image
 
2572     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
2573     def Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2575         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True) 
2577         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be 
2578         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized. 
2580         return _core_
.Image_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2582     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2586         Destroys the image data. 
2588         args
[0].this
.own(False) 
2589         return _core_
.Image_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2591     def Scale(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2593         Scale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image 
2595         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling 
2596         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a 
2597         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.  The ``quality`` parameter 
2598         specifies what method to use for resampling the image.  It can be 
2599         either wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL, which uses the normal default scaling 
2600         method of pixel replication, or wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH which uses 
2601         bicubic and box averaging resampling methods for upsampling and 
2602         downsampling respectively. 
2604         return _core_
.Image_Scale(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2606     def ResampleBox(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2607         """ResampleBox(self, int width, int height) -> Image""" 
2608         return _core_
.Image_ResampleBox(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2610     def ResampleBicubic(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2611         """ResampleBicubic(self, int width, int height) -> Image""" 
2612         return _core_
.Image_ResampleBicubic(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2614     def Blur(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2616         Blur(self, int radius) -> Image 
2618         Blurs the image in both horizontal and vertical directions by the 
2619         specified pixel ``radius``. This should not be used when using a 
2620         single mask colour for transparency. 
2622         return _core_
.Image_Blur(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2624     def BlurHorizontal(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2626         BlurHorizontal(self, int radius) -> Image 
2628         Blurs the image in the horizontal direction only. This should not be 
2629         used when using a single mask colour for transparency. 
2632         return _core_
.Image_BlurHorizontal(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2634     def BlurVertical(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2636         BlurVertical(self, int radius) -> Image 
2638         Blurs the image in the vertical direction only. This should not be 
2639         used when using a single mask colour for transparency. 
2641         return _core_
.Image_BlurVertical(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2643     def ShrinkBy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2645         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image 
2647         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors. 
2649         return _core_
.Image_ShrinkBy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2651     def Rescale(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2653         Rescale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image 
2655         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to 
2656         this function, the image will have the given width and height. 
2658         Returns the (modified) image itself. 
2660         return _core_
.Image_Rescale(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2662     def Resize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2664         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image 
2666         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding 
2667         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The 
2668         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background 
2669         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new 
2670         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask 
2671         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any 
2672         newly exposed areas. 
2674         Returns the (modified) image itself. 
2676         return _core_
.Image_Resize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2678     def SetRGB(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2680         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b) 
2682         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs 
2683         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to 
2684         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that 
2685         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to 
2686         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method. 
2688         return _core_
.Image_SetRGB(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2690     def SetRGBRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2692         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b) 
2694         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine 
2695         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a 
2696         safe way to manipulate the data. 
2698         return _core_
.Image_SetRGBRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2700     def GetRed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2702         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2704         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate. 
2706         return _core_
.Image_GetRed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2708     def GetGreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2710         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2712         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate. 
2714         return _core_
.Image_GetGreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2716     def GetBlue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2718         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2720         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate. 
2722         return _core_
.Image_GetBlue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2724     def SetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2726         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha) 
2728         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be 
2729         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check 
2732         return _core_
.Image_SetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2734     def GetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2736         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2738         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be 
2739         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for 
2742         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0 
2743         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to 
2744         the fully opaque pixels. 
2746         return _core_
.Image_GetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2748     def HasAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2750         HasAlpha(self) -> bool 
2752         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise. 
2754         return _core_
.Image_HasAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2756     def InitAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2760         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if 
2761         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by 
2762         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image 
2763         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent. 
2765         return _core_
.Image_InitAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2767     def IsTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2769         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool 
2771         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less 
2772         than the spcified threshold. 
2774         return _core_
.Image_IsTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2776     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2778         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b) 
2780         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB 
2781         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a 
2782         success flag and rgb values. 
2784         return _core_
.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2786     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2788         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool 
2790         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All 
2791         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the 
2792         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is 
2793         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`. 
2795         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does 
2798         return _core_
.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2800     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2802         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool 
2804         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is 
2805         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey) 
2806         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC 
2807         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although 
2808         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This 
2809         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text. 
2810         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given. 
2812         return _core_
.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2814     def SetMaskFromImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2816         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool 
2818         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of 
2819         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done 
2820         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as 
2821         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the 
2822         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value. 
2824         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the 
2825         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the 
2826         mask was successfully applied. 
2828         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is 
2829         computationally intensive operation. 
2831         return _core_
.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2833     def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2835         CanRead(String filename) -> bool 
2837         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file. 
2839         return _core_
.Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2841     CanRead 
= staticmethod(CanRead
) 
2842     def GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2844         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int 
2846         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler 
2847         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return 
2848         the number of available images. 
2850         return _core_
.Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2852     GetImageCount 
= staticmethod(GetImageCount
) 
2853     def LoadFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2855         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool 
2857         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the 
2858         library will try to autodetect the format. 
2860         return _core_
.Image_LoadFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2862     def LoadMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2864         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool 
2866         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type 
2869         return _core_
.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2871     def SaveFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2873         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool 
2875         Saves an image in the named file. 
2877         return _core_
.Image_SaveFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2879     def SaveMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2881         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool 
2883         Saves an image in the named file. 
2885         return _core_
.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2887     def CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2889         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool 
2891         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the 
2892         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like 
2895         return _core_
.Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2897     CanReadStream 
= staticmethod(CanReadStream
) 
2898     def LoadStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2900         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool 
2902         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like 
2903         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to 
2904         autodetect the format. 
2906         return _core_
.Image_LoadStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2908     def LoadMimeStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2910         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool 
2912         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like 
2913         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format. 
2915         return _core_
.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2917     def IsOk(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2921         Returns true if image data is present. 
2923         return _core_
.Image_IsOk(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2926     def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2928         GetWidth(self) -> int 
2930         Gets the width of the image in pixels. 
2932         return _core_
.Image_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2934     def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2936         GetHeight(self) -> int 
2938         Gets the height of the image in pixels. 
2940         return _core_
.Image_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2942     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2944         GetSize(self) -> Size 
2946         Returns the size of the image in pixels. 
2948         return _core_
.Image_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2950     def GetSubImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2952         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image 
2954         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs 
2955         entirely to the image. 
2957         return _core_
.Image_GetSubImage(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2959     def Size(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2961         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image 
2963         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding 
2964         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The 
2965         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background 
2966         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new 
2967         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask 
2968         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any 
2969         newly exposed areas. 
2971         return _core_
.Image_Size(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2973     def Copy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2977         Returns an identical copy of the image. 
2979         return _core_
.Image_Copy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2981     def Paste(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2983         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y) 
2985         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour 
2986         and any out of bounds problems. 
2988         return _core_
.Image_Paste(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2990     def GetData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2992         GetData(self) -> PyObject 
2994         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image. 
2996         return _core_
.Image_GetData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2998     def SetData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3000         SetData(self, buffer data) 
3002         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts 
3003         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of 
3004         the data must be width*height*3. 
3006         return _core_
.Image_SetData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3008     def GetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3010         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject 
3012         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB 
3013         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do 
3014         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed. 
3016         return _core_
.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3018     def SetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3020         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data) 
3022         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer 
3023         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must 
3024         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does. 
3026         return _core_
.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3028     def GetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3030         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject 
3032         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image. 
3034         return _core_
.Image_GetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3036     def SetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3038         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha) 
3040         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either 
3041         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the 
3042         data must be width*height. 
3044         return _core_
.Image_SetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3046     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3048         GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject 
3050         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the Alpha 
3051         data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do not 
3052         use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed. 
3054         return _core_
.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3056     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3058         SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha) 
3060         Sets the internal image alpha pointer to point at a Python buffer 
3061         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must 
3062         ensure that the buffer object lives as long as the wx.Image does. 
3064         return _core_
.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3066     def SetMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3068         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) 
3070         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the 
3073         return _core_
.Image_SetMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3075     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3077         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b) 
3079         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour. 
3081         return _core_
.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3083     def GetMaskRed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3085         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte 
3087         Gets the red component of the mask colour. 
3089         return _core_
.Image_GetMaskRed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3091     def GetMaskGreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3093         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte 
3095         Gets the green component of the mask colour. 
3097         return _core_
.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3099     def GetMaskBlue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3101         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte 
3103         Gets the blue component of the mask colour. 
3105         return _core_
.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3107     def SetMask(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3109         SetMask(self, bool mask=True) 
3111         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is 
3112         determined by the current mask colour. 
3114         return _core_
.Image_SetMask(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3116     def HasMask(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3118         HasMask(self) -> bool 
3120         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise. 
3122         return _core_
.Image_HasMask(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3124     def Rotate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3126         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,  
3127             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image 
3129         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing 
3130         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is 
3131         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the 
3132         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black 
3133         will be used as the fill colour. 
3135         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact. 
3137         return _core_
.Image_Rotate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3139     def Rotate90(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3141         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image 
3143         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction 
3144         indicated by ``clockwise``. 
3146         return _core_
.Image_Rotate90(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3148     def Mirror(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3150         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image 
3152         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally`` 
3153         indicates the orientation. 
3155         return _core_
.Image_Mirror(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3157     def Replace(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3159         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2) 
3161         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour 
3164         return _core_
.Image_Replace(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3166     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3168         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image 
3170         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the 
3171         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb), 
3172         defaults to ITU-T BT.601 
3174         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3176     def ConvertToMono(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3178         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image 
3180         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has 
3181         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black 
3182         colour everywhere else. 
3184         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToMono(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3186     def SetOption(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3188         SetOption(self, String name, String value) 
3190         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a 
3191         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a 
3192         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good). 
3194         return _core_
.Image_SetOption(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3196     def SetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3198         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value) 
3200         Sets an image option as an integer. 
3202         return _core_
.Image_SetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3204     def GetOption(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3206         GetOption(self, String name) -> String 
3208         Gets the value of an image handler option. 
3210         return _core_
.Image_GetOption(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3212     def GetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3214         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int 
3216         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given 
3217         option is not present, the function returns 0. 
3219         return _core_
.Image_GetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3221     def HasOption(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3223         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool 
3225         Returns true if the given option is present. 
3227         return _core_
.Image_HasOption(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3229     def CountColours(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3230         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long""" 
3231         return _core_
.Image_CountColours(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3233     def ComputeHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3234         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long""" 
3235         return _core_
.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3237     def AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3238         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
3239         return _core_
.Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3241     AddHandler 
= staticmethod(AddHandler
) 
3242     def InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3243         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
3244         return _core_
.Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3246     InsertHandler 
= staticmethod(InsertHandler
) 
3247     def RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3248         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool""" 
3249         return _core_
.Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3251     RemoveHandler 
= staticmethod(RemoveHandler
) 
3252     def GetHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3253         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject""" 
3254         return _core_
.Image_GetHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3256     GetHandlers 
= staticmethod(GetHandlers
) 
3257     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3259         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String 
3261         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string 
3262         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save 
3265         return _core_
.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3267     GetImageExtWildcard 
= staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard
) 
3268     def ConvertToBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3269         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap""" 
3270         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3272     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3273         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap""" 
3274         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3276     def RotateHue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3278         RotateHue(self, double angle) 
3280         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the 
3281         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees 
3283         return _core_
.Image_RotateHue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3285     def RGBtoHSV(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3287         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue 
3289         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space. 
3291         return _core_
.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3293     RGBtoHSV 
= staticmethod(RGBtoHSV
) 
3294     def HSVtoRGB(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3296         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue 
3298         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space. 
3300         return _core_
.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3302     HSVtoRGB 
= staticmethod(HSVtoRGB
) 
3303     def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.IsOk()  
3304     AlphaBuffer 
= property(GetAlphaBuffer
,SetAlphaBuffer
,doc
="See `GetAlphaBuffer` and `SetAlphaBuffer`")  
3305     AlphaData 
= property(GetAlphaData
,SetAlphaData
,doc
="See `GetAlphaData` and `SetAlphaData`")  
3306     Data 
= property(GetData
,SetData
,doc
="See `GetData` and `SetData`")  
3307     DataBuffer 
= property(GetDataBuffer
,SetDataBuffer
,doc
="See `GetDataBuffer` and `SetDataBuffer`")  
3308     Height 
= property(GetHeight
,doc
="See `GetHeight`")  
3309     MaskBlue 
= property(GetMaskBlue
,doc
="See `GetMaskBlue`")  
3310     MaskGreen 
= property(GetMaskGreen
,doc
="See `GetMaskGreen`")  
3311     MaskRed 
= property(GetMaskRed
,doc
="See `GetMaskRed`")  
3312     Width 
= property(GetWidth
,doc
="See `GetWidth`")  
3313 _core_
.Image_swigregister(Image
) 
3315 def ImageFromMime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3317     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image 
3319     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as 
3320     'image/jpeg') to specify image type. 
3322     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromMime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3325 def ImageFromStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3327     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image 
3329     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like 
3332     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3335 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3337     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image 
3339     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like 
3340     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string. 
3342     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3345 def EmptyImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3347     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image 
3349     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all 
3352     val 
= _core_
.new_EmptyImage(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3355 def ImageFromBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3357     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image 
3359     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`. 
3361     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3364 def ImageFromData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3366     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image 
3368     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a 
3369     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data 
3370     must be width*height*3. 
3372     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3375 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3377     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image 
3379     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel. 
3380     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the 
3381     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the 
3382     alpha data must be width*height bytes. 
3384     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3387 def Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3389     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool 
3391     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file. 
3393   return _core_
.Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3395 def Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3397     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int 
3399     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler 
3400     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return 
3401     the number of available images. 
3403   return _core_
.Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3405 def Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3407     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool 
3409     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the 
3410     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like 
3413   return _core_
.Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3415 def Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3416   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
3417   return _core_
.Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3419 def Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3420   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
3421   return _core_
.Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3423 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3424   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool""" 
3425   return _core_
.Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3427 def Image_GetHandlers(*args
): 
3428   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject""" 
3429   return _core_
.Image_GetHandlers(*args
) 
3431 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
): 
3433     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String 
3435     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string 
3436     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save 
3439   return _core_
.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
) 
3441 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3443     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue 
3445     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space. 
3447   return _core_
.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3449 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3451     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue 
3453     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space. 
3455   return _core_
.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3458 def _ImageFromBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3459   """_ImageFromBuffer(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha=None) -> Image""" 
3460   return _core_
._ImageFromBuffer
(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3461 def ImageFromBuffer(width
, height
, dataBuffer
, alphaBuffer
=None): 
3463     Creates a `wx.Image` from the data in dataBuffer.  The dataBuffer 
3464     parameter must be a Python object that implements the buffer interface, 
3465     such as a string, array, etc.  The dataBuffer object is expected to 
3466     contain a series of RGB bytes and be width*height*3 bytes long.  A buffer 
3467     object can optionally be supplied for the image's alpha channel data, and 
3468     it is expected to be width*height bytes long. 
3470     The wx.Image will be created with its data and alpha pointers initialized 
3471     to the memory address pointed to by the buffer objects, thus saving the 
3472     time needed to copy the image data from the buffer object to the wx.Image. 
3473     While this has advantages, it also has the shoot-yourself-in-the-foot 
3474     risks associated with sharing a C pointer between two objects. 
3476     To help alleviate the risk a reference to the data and alpha buffer 
3477     objects are kept with the wx.Image, so that they won't get deleted until 
3478     after the wx.Image is deleted.  However please be aware that it is not 
3479     guaranteed that an object won't move its memory buffer to a new location 
3480     when it needs to resize its contents.  If that happens then the wx.Image 
3481     will end up referring to an invalid memory location and could cause the 
3482     application to crash.  Therefore care should be taken to not manipulate 
3483     the objects used for the data and alpha buffers in a way that would cause 
3484     them to change size. 
3486     image 
= _core_
._ImageFromBuffer
(width
, height
, dataBuffer
, alphaBuffer
) 
3487     image
._buffer 
= dataBuffer
 
3488     image
._alpha 
= alphaBuffer
 
3491 def InitAllImageHandlers(): 
3493     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to 
3494     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP. 
3498 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES 
= _core_
.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
 
3499 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM 
= _core_
.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
 
3500 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR 
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
 
3501 PNG_TYPE_GREY 
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_GREY
 
3502 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED 
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
 
3503 BMP_24BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_24BPP
 
3504 BMP_8BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP
 
3505 BMP_8BPP_GREY 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_GREY
 
3506 BMP_8BPP_GRAY 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
 
3507 BMP_8BPP_RED 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_RED
 
3508 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
 
3509 BMP_4BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_4BPP
 
3510 BMP_1BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_1BPP
 
3511 BMP_1BPP_BW 
= _core_
.BMP_1BPP_BW
 
3512 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3513     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.""" 
3514     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3515     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3516     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3518         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler 
3520         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files. 
3522         _core_
.BMPHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_BMPHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3523 _core_
.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler
) 
3524 NullImage 
= cvar
.NullImage
 
3525 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
 
3526 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
 
3527 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
 
3528 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
 
3529 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
 
3530 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
 
3531 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
 
3532 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
 
3533 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
 
3534 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
 
3535 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
 
3536 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
 
3537 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
 
3538 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
 
3539 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
 
3541 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler
): 
3542     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.""" 
3543     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3544     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3545     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3547         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler 
3549         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files. 
3551         _core_
.ICOHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ICOHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3552 _core_
.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler
) 
3554 class CURHandler(ICOHandler
): 
3555     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.""" 
3556     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3557     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3558     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3560         __init__(self) -> CURHandler 
3562         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files. 
3564         _core_
.CURHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_CURHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3565 _core_
.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler
) 
3567 class ANIHandler(CURHandler
): 
3568     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.""" 
3569     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3570     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3571     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3573         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler 
3575         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files. 
3577         _core_
.ANIHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ANIHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3578 _core_
.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler
) 
3580 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3581     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.""" 
3582     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3583     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3584     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3586         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler 
3588         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files. 
3590         _core_
.PNGHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PNGHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3591 _core_
.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler
) 
3593 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3594     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.""" 
3595     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3596     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3597     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3599         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler 
3601         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files. 
3603         _core_
.GIFHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_GIFHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3604 _core_
.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler
) 
3606 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3607     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.""" 
3608     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3609     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3610     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3612         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler 
3614         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files. 
3616         _core_
.PCXHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PCXHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3617 _core_
.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler
) 
3619 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3620     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.""" 
3621     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3622     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3623     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3625         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler 
3627         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files. 
3629         _core_
.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_JPEGHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3630 _core_
.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler
) 
3632 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3633     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.""" 
3634     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3635     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3636     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3638         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler 
3640         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files. 
3642         _core_
.PNMHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PNMHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3643 _core_
.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler
) 
3645 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3646     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.""" 
3647     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3648     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3649     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3651         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler 
3653         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image. 
3655         _core_
.XPMHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_XPMHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3656 _core_
.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler
) 
3658 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3659     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.""" 
3660     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3661     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3662     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3664         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler 
3666         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files. 
3668         _core_
.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_TIFFHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3669 _core_
.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler
) 
3671 class TGAHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3672     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TGA image files.""" 
3673     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3674     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3675     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3677         __init__(self) -> TGAHandler 
3679         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TGA image files. 
3681         _core_
.TGAHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_TGAHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3682 _core_
.TGAHandler_swigregister(TGAHandler
) 
3684 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS 
= _core_
.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
 
3685 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE 
= _core_
.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
 
3686 class Quantize(object): 
3687     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage.""" 
3688     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3689     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
3690     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3691     def Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3693         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool 
3695         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the 
3696         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if 
3697         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image. 
3699         return _core_
.Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3701     Quantize 
= staticmethod(Quantize
) 
3702 _core_
.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize
) 
3704 def Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3706     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool 
3708     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the 
3709     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if 
3710     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image. 
3712   return _core_
.Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3714 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3716 class EvtHandler(Object
): 
3717     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class""" 
3718     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3719     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3720     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3721         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
3722         _core_
.EvtHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_EvtHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3723         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
3725     def GetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3726         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
3727         return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3729     def GetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3730         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
3731         return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3733     def SetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3734         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" 
3735         return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3737     def SetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3738         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" 
3739         return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3741     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3742         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool""" 
3743         return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3745     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3746         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)""" 
3747         return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3749     def ProcessEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3750         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool""" 
3751         return _core_
.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3753     def AddPendingEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3754         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)""" 
3755         return _core_
.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3757     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3758         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)""" 
3759         return _core_
.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3761     def Connect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3762         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)""" 
3763         return _core_
.EvtHandler_Connect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3765     def Disconnect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3766         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool""" 
3767         return _core_
.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3769     def _setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3770         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)""" 
3771         val 
= _core_
.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3775     def Bind(self
, event
, handler
, source
=None, id=wx
.ID_ANY
, id2
=wx
.ID_ANY
): 
3777         Bind an event to an event handler. 
3779         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the 
3780                       type of event to bind, 
3782         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the 
3783                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to 
3784                       disconnect an event handler. 
3786         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a 
3787                       different window than self, but you still 
3788                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a 
3789                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By 
3790                       passing the source of the event, the event 
3791                       handling system is able to differentiate 
3792                       between the same event type from different 
3795         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead 
3798         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler 
3799                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE. 
3801         if source 
is not None: 
3803         event
.Bind(self
, id, id2
, handler
)               
3805     def Unbind(self
, event
, source
=None, id=wx
.ID_ANY
, id2
=wx
.ID_ANY
): 
3807         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self. 
3808         Returns True if successful. 
3810         if source 
is not None: 
3812         return event
.Unbind(self
, id, id2
)               
3814     EvtHandlerEnabled 
= property(GetEvtHandlerEnabled
,SetEvtHandlerEnabled
,doc
="See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`")  
3815     NextHandler 
= property(GetNextHandler
,SetNextHandler
,doc
="See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`")  
3816     PreviousHandler 
= property(GetPreviousHandler
,SetPreviousHandler
,doc
="See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`")  
3817 _core_
.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler
) 
3819 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3821 class PyEventBinder(object): 
3823     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event 
3826     def __init__(self
, evtType
, expectedIDs
=0): 
3827         if expectedIDs 
not in [0, 1, 2]: 
3828             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs" 
3829         self
.expectedIDs 
= expectedIDs
 
3831         if type(evtType
) == list or type(evtType
) == tuple: 
3832             self
.evtType 
= evtType
 
3834             self
.evtType 
= [evtType
] 
3837     def Bind(self
, target
, id1
, id2
, function
): 
3838         """Bind this set of event types to target.""" 
3839         for et 
in self
.evtType
: 
3840             target
.Connect(id1
, id2
, et
, function
) 
3843     def Unbind(self
, target
, id1
, id2
): 
3844         """Remove an event binding.""" 
3846         for et 
in self
.evtType
: 
3847             success 
+= target
.Disconnect(id1
, id2
, et
) 
3851     def __call__(self
, *args
): 
3853         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions. 
3854         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID, 
3855         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the 
3858         assert len(args
) == 2 + self
.expectedIDs
 
3862         if self
.expectedIDs 
== 0: 
3864         elif self
.expectedIDs 
== 1: 
3867         elif self
.expectedIDs 
== 2: 
3872             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs" 
3874         self
.Bind(target
, id1
, id2
, func
) 
3877 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole... 
3878 def EVT_COMMAND(win
, id, cmd
, func
): 
3879     win
.Connect(id, -1, cmd
, func
) 
3880 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win
, id1
, id2
, cmd
, func
): 
3881     win
.Connect(id1
, id2
, cmd
, func
) 
3884 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3886 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3888 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE 
= _core_
.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
 
3889 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX 
= _core_
.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
 
3891 def NewEventType(*args
): 
3892   """NewEventType() -> EventType""" 
3893   return _core_
.NewEventType(*args
) 
3894 wxEVT_NULL 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NULL
 
3895 wxEVT_FIRST 
= _core_
.wxEVT_FIRST
 
3896 wxEVT_USER_FIRST 
= _core_
.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
 
3897 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
 
3898 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
 
3899 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
 
3900 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
 
3901 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
 
3902 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
 
3903 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
 
3904 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
 
3905 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
 
3906 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
 
3907 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
 
3908 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
 
3909 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
 
3910 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
 
3911 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
 
3912 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
 
3913 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
 
3914 wxEVT_LEFT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
 
3915 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
 
3916 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
 
3917 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
 
3918 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
 
3919 wxEVT_MOTION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOTION
 
3920 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
 
3921 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
 
3922 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
 
3923 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
 
3924 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
 
3925 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
 
3926 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
 
3927 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
 
3928 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
 
3929 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
 
3930 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
 
3931 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
 
3932 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
 
3933 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
 
3934 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
 
3935 wxEVT_NC_MOTION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
 
3936 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
 
3937 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
 
3938 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
 
3939 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
 
3940 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
 
3941 wxEVT_CHAR 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHAR
 
3942 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
 
3943 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
 
3944 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
 
3945 wxEVT_KEY_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_KEY_UP
 
3946 wxEVT_HOTKEY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_HOTKEY
 
3947 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
 
3948 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
 
3949 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
 
3950 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
 
3951 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
 
3952 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
 
3953 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
 
3954 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
 
3955 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
 
3956 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
 
3957 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL 
= wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED 
 
3958 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
 
3959 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
 
3960 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
 
3961 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
 
3962 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
 
3963 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
 
3964 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
 
3965 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
 
3966 wxEVT_SIZE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SIZE
 
3967 wxEVT_MOVE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOVE
 
3968 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
 
3969 wxEVT_END_SESSION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_END_SESSION
 
3970 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
 
3971 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
 
3972 wxEVT_ACTIVATE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
 
3973 wxEVT_CREATE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CREATE
 
3974 wxEVT_DESTROY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DESTROY
 
3975 wxEVT_SHOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SHOW
 
3976 wxEVT_ICONIZE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ICONIZE
 
3977 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
 
3978 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
 
3979 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST
 
3980 wxEVT_PAINT 
= _core_
.wxEVT_PAINT
 
3981 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
 
3982 wxEVT_NC_PAINT 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
 
3983 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON 
= _core_
.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
 
3984 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
 
3985 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
 
3986 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
 
3987 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
 
3988 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
 
3989 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
 
3990 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
 
3991 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
 
3992 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
 
3993 wxEVT_DROP_FILES 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
 
3994 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
 
3995 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
 
3996 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
 
3997 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG 
= _core_
.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
 
3998 wxEVT_IDLE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_IDLE
 
3999 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI 
= _core_
.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
 
4000 wxEVT_SIZING 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SIZING
 
4001 wxEVT_MOVING 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOVING
 
4002 wxEVT_HIBERNATE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
 
4003 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
 
4004 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
 
4005 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
 
4006 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
 
4007 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
 
4008 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
 
4009 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
 
4010 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
 
4011 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
 
4012 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
 
4014 # Create some event binders 
4015 EVT_SIZE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE 
) 
4016 EVT_SIZING 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING 
) 
4017 EVT_MOVE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE 
) 
4018 EVT_MOVING 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING 
) 
4019 EVT_CLOSE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW 
) 
4020 EVT_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION 
) 
4021 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
) 
4022 EVT_PAINT 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT 
) 
4023 EVT_NC_PAINT 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT 
) 
4024 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND 
) 
4025 EVT_CHAR 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR 
) 
4026 EVT_KEY_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN 
) 
4027 EVT_KEY_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP 
) 
4028 EVT_HOTKEY 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY
, 1) 
4029 EVT_CHAR_HOOK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK 
) 
4030 EVT_MENU_OPEN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN 
) 
4031 EVT_MENU_CLOSE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE 
) 
4032 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
, 1) 
4033 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT 
) 
4034 EVT_SET_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS 
) 
4035 EVT_KILL_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS 
) 
4036 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS 
) 
4037 EVT_ACTIVATE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE 
) 
4038 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP 
) 
4039 EVT_HIBERNATE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE 
) 
4040 EVT_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION 
) 
4041 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
) 
4042 EVT_DROP_FILES 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES 
) 
4043 EVT_INIT_DIALOG 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG 
) 
4044 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED 
) 
4045 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED 
) 
4046 EVT_SHOW 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW 
) 
4047 EVT_MAXIMIZE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE 
) 
4048 EVT_ICONIZE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE 
) 
4049 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY 
) 
4050 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED 
) 
4051 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE 
) 
4052 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE 
) 
4053 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY 
) 
4054 EVT_SET_CURSOR 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR 
) 
4055 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED 
) 
4056 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST 
)          
4058 EVT_LEFT_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN 
) 
4059 EVT_LEFT_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP 
) 
4060 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN 
) 
4061 EVT_MIDDLE_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP 
) 
4062 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN 
) 
4063 EVT_RIGHT_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP 
) 
4064 EVT_MOTION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION 
) 
4065 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK 
) 
4066 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
) 
4067 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
) 
4068 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
) 
4069 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
) 
4070 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL 
) 
4072 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
, 
4080                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
, 
4088 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow) 
4089 EVT_SCROLLWIN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
, 
4090                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
, 
4091                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
, 
4092                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
, 
4093                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
, 
4094                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
, 
4095                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
, 
4096                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
, 
4099 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP 
) 
4100 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM 
) 
4101 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP 
) 
4102 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN 
) 
4103 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP 
) 
4104 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN 
) 
4105 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK 
) 
4106 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE 
) 
4108 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar 
4109 EVT_SCROLL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
, 
4110                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
, 
4111                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
, 
4112                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
, 
4113                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
, 
4114                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
, 
4115                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
, 
4116                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
, 
4117                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
, 
4120 EVT_SCROLL_TOP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP 
) 
4121 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
) 
4122 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP 
) 
4123 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
) 
4124 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
) 
4125 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
) 
4126 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
) 
4127 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
) 
4128 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED 
) 
4129 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL 
= EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
 
4131 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id 
4132 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
, 
4133                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
, 
4134                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
, 
4135                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
, 
4136                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
, 
4137                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
, 
4138                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
, 
4139                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
, 
4140                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
, 
4143 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
, 1) 
4144 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
, 1) 
4145 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
, 1) 
4146 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
, 1) 
4147 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
, 1) 
4148 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
, 1) 
4149 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
, 1) 
4150 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
, 1) 
4151 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
, 1) 
4152 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL 
= EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
 
4154 EVT_BUTTON 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
, 1) 
4155 EVT_CHECKBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
, 1) 
4156 EVT_CHOICE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
, 1) 
4157 EVT_LISTBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
4158 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
, 1) 
4159 EVT_MENU 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
, 1) 
4160 EVT_MENU_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
, 2) 
4161 EVT_SLIDER 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
, 1) 
4162 EVT_RADIOBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
4163 EVT_RADIOBUTTON 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
, 1) 
4165 EVT_SCROLLBAR 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
, 1) 
4166 EVT_VLBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
4167 EVT_COMBOBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
4168 EVT_TOOL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
, 1) 
4169 EVT_TOOL_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
, 2) 
4170 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
, 1) 
4171 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
, 2) 
4172 EVT_TOOL_ENTER 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
, 1) 
4173 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
, 1) 
4176 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
, 1) 
4177 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
, 1) 
4178 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
, 1) 
4179 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
, 1) 
4180 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
, 1) 
4181 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
, 1) 
4182 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
, 1) 
4184 EVT_IDLE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE 
) 
4186 EVT_UPDATE_UI 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
, 1) 
4187 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
, 2) 
4189 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU 
) 
4191 EVT_TEXT_CUT   
=  wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT 
) 
4192 EVT_TEXT_COPY  
=  wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY 
) 
4193 EVT_TEXT_PASTE 
=  wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE 
) 
4196 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4198 class Event(Object
): 
4200     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a 
4201     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for 
4204     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
4205     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
4206     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
4207     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_Event
 
4208     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
4209     def SetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4211         SetEventType(self, EventType typ) 
4213         Sets the specific type of the event. 
4215         return _core_
.Event_SetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4217     def GetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4219         GetEventType(self) -> EventType 
4221         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as 
4222         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``. 
4224         return _core_
.Event_GetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4226     def GetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4228         GetEventObject(self) -> Object 
4230         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if 
4233         return _core_
.Event_GetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4235     def SetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4237         SetEventObject(self, Object obj) 
4239         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the 
4240         object that is sending the event. 
4242         return _core_
.Event_SetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4244     def GetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4245         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long""" 
4246         return _core_
.Event_GetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4248     def SetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4249         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)""" 
4250         return _core_
.Event_SetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4252     def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4256         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button 
4259         return _core_
.Event_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4261     def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4265         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that 
4266         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu 
4269         return _core_
.Event_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4271     def IsCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4273         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool 
4275         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else 
4276         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes. 
4278         return _core_
.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4280     def Skip(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4282         Skip(self, bool skip=True) 
4284         This method can be used inside an event handler to control whether 
4285         further event handlers bound to this event will be called after the 
4286         current one returns. Without Skip() (or equivalently if Skip(False) is 
4287         used), the event will not be processed any more. If Skip(True) is 
4288         called, the event processing system continues searching for a further 
4289         handler function for this event, even though it has been processed 
4290         already in the current handler. 
4292         return _core_
.Event_Skip(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4294     def GetSkipped(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4296         GetSkipped(self) -> bool 
4298         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise. 
4301         return _core_
.Event_GetSkipped(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4303     def ShouldPropagate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4305         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool 
4307         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not, 
4308         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0. 
4310         return _core_
.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4312     def StopPropagation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4314         StopPropagation(self) -> int 
4316         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old 
4317         propagation level value which may be later passed to 
4318         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again. 
4320         return _core_
.Event_StopPropagation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4322     def ResumePropagation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4324         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel) 
4326         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For 
4327         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to 
4331         return _core_
.Event_ResumePropagation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4333     def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4334         """Clone(self) -> Event""" 
4335         return _core_
.Event_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4337     EventObject 
= property(GetEventObject
,SetEventObject
,doc
="See `GetEventObject` and `SetEventObject`")  
4338     EventType 
= property(GetEventType
,SetEventType
,doc
="See `GetEventType` and `SetEventType`")  
4339     Id 
= property(GetId
,SetId
,doc
="See `GetId` and `SetId`")  
4340     Skipped 
= property(GetSkipped
,doc
="See `GetSkipped`")  
4341     Timestamp 
= property(GetTimestamp
,SetTimestamp
,doc
="See `GetTimestamp` and `SetTimestamp`")  
4342 _core_
.Event_swigregister(Event
) 
4344 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4346 class PropagationDisabler(object): 
4348     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply 
4349     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the 
4350     propogation of the event will be restored. 
4352     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
4353     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
4354     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
4356         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler 
4358         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply 
4359         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the 
4360         propogation of the event will be restored. 
4362         _core_
.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PropagationDisabler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
4363     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_PropagationDisabler
 
4364     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
4365 _core_
.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler
) 
4367 class PropagateOnce(object): 
4369     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an 
4370     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is 
4371     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored. 
4373     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
4374     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
4375     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
4377         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce 
4379         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an 
4380         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is 
4381         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored. 
4383         _core_
.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PropagateOnce(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
4384     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_PropagateOnce
 
4385     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
4386 _core_
.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce
) 
4388 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4390 class CommandEvent(Event
): 
4392     This event class contains information about command events, which 
4393     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and 
4396     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
4397     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
4398     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
4400         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent 
4402         This event class contains information about command events, which 
4403         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and 
4406         _core_
.CommandEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_CommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
4407     def GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4409         GetSelection(self) -> int 
4411         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid 
4414         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4416     def SetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4417         """SetString(self, String s)""" 
4418         return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4420     def GetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4422         GetString(self) -> String 
4424         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid 
4427         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4429     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4431         IsChecked(self) -> bool 
4433         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the 
4434         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false 
4435         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if 
4436         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only 
4437         makes sense for checkable menu items). 
4439         return _core_
.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4442     def IsSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4444         IsSelection(self) -> bool 
4446         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection, 
4447         false if it is a deselection. 
4449         return _core_
.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4451     def SetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4452         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)""" 
4453         return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4455     def GetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4457         GetExtraLong(self) -> long 
4459         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the 
4460         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining 
4461         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A 
4462         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in 
4463         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the 
4464         listbox must be examined by the application. 
4466         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4468     def SetInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4469         """SetInt(self, int i)""" 
4470         return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4472     def GetInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4476         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or 
4477         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a 
4478         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox. 
4480         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4482     def GetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4484         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject 
4486         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.) 
4488         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4490     def SetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4492         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData) 
4494         Associate the given client data with the item at position n. 
4496         return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4498     GetClientObject 
= GetClientData
 
4499     SetClientObject 
= SetClientData
 
4501     def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4502         """Clone(self) -> Event""" 
4503         return _core_
.CommandEvent_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4505     ClientData 
= property(GetClientData
,SetClientData
,doc
="See `GetClientData` and `SetClientData`")  
4506     ClientObject 
= property(GetClientObject
,SetClientObject
,doc
="See `GetClientObject` and `SetClientObject`")  
4507     ExtraLong 
= property(GetExtraLong
,SetExtraLong
,doc
="See `GetExtraLong` and `SetExtraLong`")  
4508     Int 
= property(GetInt
,SetInt
,doc
="See `GetInt` and `SetInt`")  
4509     Selection 
= property(GetSelection
,doc
="See `GetSelection`")  
4510     String 
= property(GetString
,SetString
,doc
="See `GetString` and `SetString`")  
4511 _core_
.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent
) 
4513 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4515 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent
): 
4517     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from 
4518     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control 
4519     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler 
4520     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do. 
4522     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
4523     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
4524     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
4526         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent 
4528         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from 
4529         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control 
4530         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler 
4531         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do. 
4533         _core_
.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_NotifyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
4534     def Veto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4538         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening. 
4540         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for 
4541         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which 
4542         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising. 
4544         return _core_
.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4546     def Allow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4550         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be 
4551         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as 
4552         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this 
4553         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description). 
4555         return _core_
.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4557     def IsAllowed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4559         IsAllowed(self) -> bool 
4561         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or 
4562         false otherwise (if it was). 
4564         return _core_
.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4566 _core_
.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent
) 
4568 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4570 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent
): 
4572     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone 
4573     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send 
4574     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent` 
4577     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
4578     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
4579     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
4581         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,  
4582             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent 
4584         _core_
.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ScrollEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
4585     def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4587         GetOrientation(self) -> int 
4589         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of 
4592         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4594     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4596         GetPosition(self) -> int 
4598         Returns the position of the scrollbar. 
4600         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4602     def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4603         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)""" 
4604         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4606     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4607         """SetPosition(self, int pos)""" 
4608         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4610     Orientation 
= property(GetOrientation
,SetOrientation
,doc
="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")  
4611     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,SetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")  
4612 _core_
.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent
) 
4614 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4616 class ScrollWinEvent(Event
): 
4618     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from 
4621     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
4622     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
4623     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
4625         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent 
4627         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from 
4630         _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
4631     def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4633         GetOrientation(self) -> int 
4635         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of 
4638         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4640     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4642         GetPosition(self) -> int 
4644         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release 
4645         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you 
4646         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case. 
4648         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4650     def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4651         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)""" 
4652         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4654     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4655         """SetPosition(self, int pos)""" 
4656         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4658     Orientation 
= property(GetOrientation
,SetOrientation
,doc
="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")  
4659     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,SetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")  
4660 _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent
) 
4662 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4664 MOUSE_BTN_ANY 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
 
4665 MOUSE_BTN_NONE 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
 
4666 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
 
4667 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
 
4668 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
 
4669 class MouseEvent(Event
): 
4671     This event class contains information about the events generated by 
4672     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and 
4675     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for 
4676     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and 
4677     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have 
4678     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the 
4681     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`: 
4682     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse 
4683     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is 
4684     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the 
4685     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button 
4686     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true, 
4687     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the 
4688     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same 
4689     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well. 
4691     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
4692     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
4693     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
4695         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent 
4697         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are: 
4699             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
4700             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
4706             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
4709             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
4713         _core_
.MouseEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_MouseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
4714     def IsButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4716         IsButton(self) -> bool 
4718         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a 
4719         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`). 
4721         return _core_
.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4723     def ButtonDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4725         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool 
4727         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any 
4728         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which 
4729         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible 
4732         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4734     def ButtonDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4736         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool 
4738         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any 
4739         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which 
4740         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible 
4743         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4745     def ButtonUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4747         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool 
4749         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any 
4750         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button 
4751         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values). 
4753         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4755     def Button(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4757         Button(self, int button) -> bool 
4759         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid 
4760         values of button are: 
4762              ====================      ===================================== 
4763              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed 
4764              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed 
4765              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed 
4766              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed 
4767              ====================      ===================================== 
4770         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Button(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4772     def ButtonIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4773         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool""" 
4774         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4776     def GetButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4778         GetButton(self) -> int 
4780         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or 
4781         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or 
4782         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for 
4783         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE 
4784         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the 
4785         right buttons respectively. 
4787         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4789     def ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4791         ControlDown(self) -> bool 
4793         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event. 
4795         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4797     def MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4799         MetaDown(self) -> bool 
4801         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event. 
4803         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4805     def AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4807         AltDown(self) -> bool 
4809         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event. 
4811         return _core_
.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4813     def ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4815         ShiftDown(self) -> bool 
4817         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event. 
4819         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4821     def CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4823         CmdDown(self) -> bool 
4825         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix 
4826         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on 
4827         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown` 
4828         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl 
4829         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this 
4830         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown` 
4831         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`. 
4833         return _core_
.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4835     def LeftDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4837         LeftDown(self) -> bool 
4839         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down. 
4841         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4843     def MiddleDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4845         MiddleDown(self) -> bool 
4847         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down. 
4849         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4851     def RightDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4853         RightDown(self) -> bool 
4855         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down. 
4857         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4859     def LeftUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4861         LeftUp(self) -> bool 
4863         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up. 
4865         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4867     def MiddleUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4869         MiddleUp(self) -> bool 
4871         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up. 
4873         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4875     def RightUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4877         RightUp(self) -> bool 
4879         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up. 
4881         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4883     def LeftDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4885         LeftDClick(self) -> bool 
4887         Returns true if the event was a left button double click. 
4889         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4891     def MiddleDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4893         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool 
4895         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click. 
4897         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4899     def RightDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4901         RightDClick(self) -> bool 
4903         Returns true if the event was a right button double click. 
4905         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4907     def LeftIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4909         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool 
4911         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent 
4912         of the current event type. 
4914         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true 
4915         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the 
4916         state of the mouse button before the event happened. 
4918         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process 
4919         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still) 
4922         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4924     def MiddleIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4926         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool 
4928         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent 
4929         of the current event type. 
4931         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4933     def RightIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4935         RightIsDown(self) -> bool 
4937         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent 
4938         of the current event type. 
4940         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4942     def Dragging(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4944         Dragging(self) -> bool 
4946         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is 
4949         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4951     def Moving(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4953         Moving(self) -> bool 
4955         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were 
4956         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns 
4957         false and Dragging returns true. 
4959         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Moving(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4961     def Entering(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4963         Entering(self) -> bool 
4965         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window. 
4967         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Entering(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4969     def Leaving(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4971         Leaving(self) -> bool 
4973         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window. 
4975         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4977     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4979         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
4981         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the 
4984         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4986     def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4988         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) 
4990         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the 
4993         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4995     def GetLogicalPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4997         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point 
4999         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated 
5000         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates 
5001         that the window has been scrolled). 
5003         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5005     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5009         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position. 
5011         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5013     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5017         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position. 
5019         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5021     def GetWheelRotation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5023         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int 
5025         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of 
5026         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to 
5027         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be 
5028         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one 
5029         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either 
5030         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values 
5031         have been accumulated before scrolling. 
5033         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5035     def GetWheelDelta(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5037         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int 
5039         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be 
5040         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment) 
5041         should occur for each delta. 
5043         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5045     def GetLinesPerAction(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5047         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int 
5049         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled 
5050         per wheel action. Defaults to three. 
5052         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5054     def IsPageScroll(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5056         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool 
5058         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with 
5059         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling. 
5061         return _core_
.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5063     m_x 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_x_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_x_set
) 
5064     m_y 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_y_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_y_set
) 
5065     m_leftDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set
) 
5066     m_middleDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set
) 
5067     m_rightDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set
) 
5068     m_controlDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set
) 
5069     m_shiftDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set
) 
5070     m_altDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set
) 
5071     m_metaDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set
) 
5072     m_wheelRotation 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set
) 
5073     m_wheelDelta 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set
) 
5074     m_linesPerAction 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set
) 
5075     Button 
= property(GetButton
,doc
="See `GetButton`")  
5076     LinesPerAction 
= property(GetLinesPerAction
,doc
="See `GetLinesPerAction`")  
5077     LogicalPosition 
= property(GetLogicalPosition
,doc
="See `GetLogicalPosition`")  
5078     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition`")  
5079     WheelDelta 
= property(GetWheelDelta
,doc
="See `GetWheelDelta`")  
5080     WheelRotation 
= property(GetWheelRotation
,doc
="See `GetWheelRotation`")  
5081     X 
= property(GetX
,doc
="See `GetX`")  
5082     Y 
= property(GetY
,doc
="See `GetY`")  
5083 _core_
.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent
) 
5085 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5087 class SetCursorEvent(Event
): 
5089     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set 
5090     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the 
5091     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the 
5092     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor` 
5093     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed. 
5095     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5096     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5097     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5099         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent 
5101         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`. 
5103         _core_
.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_SetCursorEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5104     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5108         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates. 
5110         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5112     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5116         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates. 
5118         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5120     def SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5122         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) 
5124         Sets the cursor associated with this event. 
5126         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5128     def GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5130         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor 
5132         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event. 
5134         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5136     def HasCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5138         HasCursor(self) -> bool 
5140         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor. 
5142         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5144     Cursor 
= property(GetCursor
,SetCursor
,doc
="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")  
5145     X 
= property(GetX
,doc
="See `GetX`")  
5146     Y 
= property(GetY
,doc
="See `GetY`")  
5147 _core_
.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent
) 
5149 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5151 class KeyEvent(Event
): 
5153     This event class contains information about keypress and character 
5154     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has 
5157     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in 
5158     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference 
5159     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press 
5160     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just 
5161     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will 
5162     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only 
5163     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event 
5164     corresponding to each down one. 
5166     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event 
5167     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric 
5168     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of 
5169     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in 
5170     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the 
5171     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for 
5174     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed 
5175     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key 
5176     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key 
5177     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and 
5178     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be 
5179     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as 
5182     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code 
5183     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value 
5184     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this 
5185     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the 
5186     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly 
5187     by the system itself. 
5189     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed: 
5190     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the 
5191     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1, 
5192     the ASCII value of this key combination. 
5194     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave 
5195     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and 
5196     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard 
5199     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not 
5200     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not 
5201     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both 
5202     types of events to be a bit simpler. 
5204     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets 
5205     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and 
5206     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char 
5207     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator). 
5209     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't 
5210     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to 
5214     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5215     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5216     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5218         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent 
5220         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are: 
5223         _core_
.KeyEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_KeyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5224     def GetModifiers(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5226         GetModifiers(self) -> int 
5228         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to 
5229         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having 
5230         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For 
5233             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL: 
5237         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5239     def ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5241         ControlDown(self) -> bool 
5243         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event. 
5245         return _core_
.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5247     def MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5249         MetaDown(self) -> bool 
5251         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event. 
5253         return _core_
.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5255     def AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5257         AltDown(self) -> bool 
5259         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event. 
5261         return _core_
.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5263     def ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5265         ShiftDown(self) -> bool 
5267         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event. 
5269         return _core_
.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5271     def CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5273         CmdDown(self) -> bool 
5275         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix 
5276         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on 
5277         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown` 
5278         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl 
5279         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this 
5280         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown` 
5281         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`. 
5283         return _core_
.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5285     def HasModifiers(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5287         HasModifiers(self) -> bool 
5289         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the 
5290         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither 
5291         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that 
5292         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the 
5293         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed 
5296         return _core_
.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5298     def GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5300         GetKeyCode(self) -> int 
5302         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values, 
5303         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left 
5304         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key 
5307         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if 
5308         the user entered a character that can be represented in current 
5309         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode 
5310         character using `GetUnicodeKey`. 
5312         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5314     def GetUnicodeKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5316         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int 
5318         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This 
5319         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython. 
5321         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5323     GetUniChar 
= GetUnicodeKey 
 
5324     def SetUnicodeKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5326         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar) 
5328         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode 
5331         return _core_
.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5333     def GetRawKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5335         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int 
5337         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent 
5338         scan code which should only be used in advanced 
5339         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all 
5342         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5344     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5346         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int 
5348         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are 
5349         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications. 
5350         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports. 
5352         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5354     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5356         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
5358         Find the position of the event, if applicable. 
5360         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5362     def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5364         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) 
5366         Find the position of the event, if applicable. 
5368         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5370     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5374         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if 
5377         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5379     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5383         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if 
5386         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5388     m_x 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_x_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_x_set
) 
5389     m_y 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_y_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_y_set
) 
5390     m_keyCode 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set
) 
5391     m_controlDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set
) 
5392     m_shiftDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set
) 
5393     m_altDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set
) 
5394     m_metaDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set
) 
5395     m_scanCode 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set
) 
5396     m_rawCode 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set
) 
5397     m_rawFlags 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set
) 
5398     KeyCode 
= property(GetKeyCode
,doc
="See `GetKeyCode`")  
5399     Modifiers 
= property(GetModifiers
,doc
="See `GetModifiers`")  
5400     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition`")  
5401     RawKeyCode 
= property(GetRawKeyCode
,doc
="See `GetRawKeyCode`")  
5402     RawKeyFlags 
= property(GetRawKeyFlags
,doc
="See `GetRawKeyFlags`")  
5403     UnicodeKey 
= property(GetUnicodeKey
,SetUnicodeKey
,doc
="See `GetUnicodeKey` and `SetUnicodeKey`")  
5404     X 
= property(GetX
,doc
="See `GetX`")  
5405     Y 
= property(GetY
,doc
="See `GetY`")  
5406 _core_
.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent
) 
5408 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5410 class SizeEvent(Event
): 
5412     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE 
5413     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has 
5416     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call 
5417     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the 
5420     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is 
5421     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the 
5422     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the 
5423     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole 
5424     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to 
5425     invalidate the entire window. 
5428     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5429     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5430     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5432         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent 
5434         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``. 
5436         _core_
.SizeEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_SizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5437     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5439         GetSize(self) -> Size 
5441         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change 
5444         return _core_
.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5446     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5447         """GetRect(self) -> Rect""" 
5448         return _core_
.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5450     def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5451         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)""" 
5452         return _core_
.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5454     def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5455         """SetSize(self, Size size)""" 
5456         return _core_
.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5458     m_size 
= property(_core_
.SizeEvent_m_size_get
, _core_
.SizeEvent_m_size_set
) 
5459     m_rect 
= property(_core_
.SizeEvent_m_rect_get
, _core_
.SizeEvent_m_rect_set
) 
5460     Rect 
= property(GetRect
,SetRect
,doc
="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")  
5461     Size 
= property(GetSize
,SetSize
,doc
="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")  
5462 _core_
.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent
) 
5464 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5466 class MoveEvent(Event
): 
5468     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is 
5469     moved to a new position. 
5471     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5472     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5473     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5475         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent 
5479         _core_
.MoveEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_MoveEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5480     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5482         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
5484         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event. 
5486         return _core_
.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5488     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5489         """GetRect(self) -> Rect""" 
5490         return _core_
.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5492     def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5493         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)""" 
5494         return _core_
.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5496     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5497         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)""" 
5498         return _core_
.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5500     m_pos 
=  property(GetPosition
, SetPosition
) 
5501     m_rect 
= property(GetRect
, SetRect
) 
5503     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,SetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")  
5504     Rect 
= property(GetRect
,SetRect
,doc
="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")  
5505 _core_
.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent
) 
5507 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5509 class PaintEvent(Event
): 
5511     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted. 
5512     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create 
5513     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS 
5514     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send 
5515     the event again, causing endless refreshes. 
5517     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been 
5518     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`, 
5519     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of 
5520     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some 
5521     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical, 
5525     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5526     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5527     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5528         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent""" 
5529         _core_
.PaintEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PaintEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5530 _core_
.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent
) 
5532 class NcPaintEvent(Event
): 
5533     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class""" 
5534     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5535     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5536     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5537         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent""" 
5538         _core_
.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_NcPaintEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5539 _core_
.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent
) 
5541 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5543 class EraseEvent(Event
): 
5545     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be 
5546     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event 
5547     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated 
5548     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker. 
5550     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned 
5551     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary 
5552     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that. 
5555     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5556     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5557     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5559         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent 
5563         _core_
.EraseEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_EraseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5564     def GetDC(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5568         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If 
5569         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use 
5572         return _core_
.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5574     DC 
= property(GetDC
,doc
="See `GetDC`")  
5575 _core_
.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent
) 
5577 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5579 class FocusEvent(Event
): 
5581     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing 
5582     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it 
5583     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event. 
5585     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus 
5586     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is 
5587     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`. 
5590     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5591     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5592     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5594         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent 
5598         _core_
.FocusEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_FocusEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5599     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5601         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
5603         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the 
5604         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the 
5605         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event. 
5607         Warning: the window returned may be None! 
5609         return _core_
.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5611     def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5612         """SetWindow(self, Window win)""" 
5613         return _core_
.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5615     Window 
= property(GetWindow
,SetWindow
,doc
="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")  
5616 _core_
.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent
) 
5618 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5620 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent
): 
5622     A child focus event is sent to a (parent-)window when one of its child 
5623     windows gains focus, so that the window could restore the focus back 
5624     to its corresponding child if it loses it now and regains later. 
5626     Notice that child window is the direct child of the window receiving 
5627     the event, and so may not be the actual widget recieving focus if it 
5628     is further down the containment heirarchy.  Use `wx.Window.FindFocus` 
5629     to get the widget that is actually receiving focus. 
5631     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5632     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5633     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5635         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent 
5639         _core_
.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5640     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5642         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
5644         The window, or (grand)parent of the window which has just received the 
5647         return _core_
.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5649     Window 
= property(GetWindow
,doc
="See `GetWindow`")  
5650 _core_
.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent
) 
5652 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5654 class ActivateEvent(Event
): 
5656     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire 
5657     application is being activated or deactivated. 
5659     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when 
5660     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the 
5661     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus. 
5662     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames 
5663     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all 
5664     application frames being inactive. 
5666     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers 
5667     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not 
5668     doing so can result in strange effects. 
5671     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5672     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5673     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5675         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent 
5679         _core_
.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ActivateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5680     def GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5682         GetActive(self) -> bool 
5684         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false 
5687         return _core_
.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5689     Active 
= property(GetActive
,doc
="See `GetActive`")  
5690 _core_
.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent
) 
5692 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5694 class InitDialogEvent(Event
): 
5696     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for 
5697     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this 
5698     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be 
5699     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler 
5700     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`. 
5702     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5703     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5704     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5706         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent 
5710         _core_
.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_InitDialogEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5711 _core_
.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent
) 
5713 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5715 class MenuEvent(Event
): 
5717     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that 
5718     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending 
5719     `wx.CommandEvent` objects. 
5721     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help 
5722     text in the first field of the status bar. 
5724     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5725     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5726     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5728         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent 
5732         _core_
.MenuEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_MenuEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5733     def GetMenuId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5735         GetMenuId(self) -> int 
5737         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method 
5738         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events. 
5740         return _core_
.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5742     def IsPopup(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5744         IsPopup(self) -> bool 
5746         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a 
5747         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only 
5748         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events. 
5750         return _core_
.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5752     def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5754         GetMenu(self) -> Menu 
5756         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should 
5757         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events. 
5759         return _core_
.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5761     Menu 
= property(GetMenu
,doc
="See `GetMenu`")  
5762     MenuId 
= property(GetMenuId
,doc
="See `GetMenuId`")  
5763 _core_
.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent
) 
5765 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5767 class CloseEvent(Event
): 
5769     This event class contains information about window and session close 
5772     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried 
5773     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or 
5774     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself 
5775     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close` 
5778     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of 
5779     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy 
5780     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``, 
5781     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not. 
5782     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save 
5783     files or to cancel the close. 
5785     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the 
5786     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the 
5787     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending 
5788     on whether the close instruction was honored or not. 
5790     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5791     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5792     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5794         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent 
5798         _core_
.CloseEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_CloseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5799     def SetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5801         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff) 
5803         Sets the 'logging off' flag. 
5805         return _core_
.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5807     def GetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5809         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool 
5811         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the 
5812         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end 
5813         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close 
5816         return _core_
.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5818     def Veto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5820         Veto(self, bool veto=True) 
5822         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to 
5823         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen. 
5825         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true. 
5827         return _core_
.CloseEvent_Veto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5829     def GetVeto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5830         """GetVeto(self) -> bool""" 
5831         return _core_
.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5833     def SetCanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5835         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto) 
5837         Sets the 'can veto' flag. 
5839         return _core_
.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5841     def CanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5843         CanVeto(self) -> bool 
5845         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close 
5846         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling 
5847         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function 
5848         must be called to check this. 
5850         return _core_
.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5852     LoggingOff 
= property(GetLoggingOff
,SetLoggingOff
,doc
="See `GetLoggingOff` and `SetLoggingOff`")  
5853 _core_
.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent
) 
5855 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5857 class ShowEvent(Event
): 
5858     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.""" 
5859     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5860     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5861     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5863         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent 
5865         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden. 
5867         _core_
.ShowEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ShowEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5868     def SetShow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5869         """SetShow(self, bool show)""" 
5870         return _core_
.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5872     def GetShow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5873         """GetShow(self) -> bool""" 
5874         return _core_
.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5876     Show 
= property(GetShow
,SetShow
,doc
="See `GetShow` and `SetShow`")  
5877 _core_
.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent
) 
5879 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5881 class IconizeEvent(Event
): 
5883     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or 
5886     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5887     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5888     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5890         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent 
5892         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or 
5895         _core_
.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_IconizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5896     def Iconized(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5898         Iconized(self) -> bool 
5900         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has 
5903         return _core_
.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5905 _core_
.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent
) 
5907 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5909 class MaximizeEvent(Event
): 
5910     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.""" 
5911     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5912     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5913     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5915         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent 
5917         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored. 
5919         _core_
.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_MaximizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5920 _core_
.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent
) 
5922 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5924 class DropFilesEvent(Event
): 
5926     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have 
5927     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available 
5928     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for 
5929     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`. 
5931     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general 
5932     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This 
5933     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of 
5936     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop 
5940     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5941     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
5942     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5943     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5945         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
5947         Returns the position at which the files were dropped. 
5949         return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5951     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5953         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int 
5955         Returns the number of files dropped. 
5957         return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5959     def GetFiles(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5961         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject 
5963         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped. 
5965         return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5967     Files 
= property(GetFiles
,doc
="See `GetFiles`")  
5968     NumberOfFiles 
= property(GetNumberOfFiles
,doc
="See `GetNumberOfFiles`")  
5969     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition`")  
5970 _core_
.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent
) 
5972 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5974 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
 
5975 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
 
5976 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent
): 
5978     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by 
5979     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user 
5982     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to 
5983     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as 
5984     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be 
5985     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a 
5986     menu item or button. 
5988     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the 
5989     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets 
5990     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to 
5991     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more 
5992     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether 
5993     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can 
5994     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same. 
5996     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call 
5997     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will 
5998     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to 
6001     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just 
6002     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process 
6003     any UI events for the window that owns the menu. 
6005     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting 
6006     your application, you can do one or both of the following: 
6008        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of 
6009           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style 
6010           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should 
6011           receive update events. No other windows will receive update 
6014        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond 
6015           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call 
6016           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when 
6017           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight 
6018           delay before windows are updated. 
6020     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE 
6021     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent 
6022     from an internal idle handler. 
6024     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On 
6025     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu 
6026     is about to be shown, and not in idle time. 
6029     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6030     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6031     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6033         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent 
6037         _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6038     def GetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6040         GetChecked(self) -> bool 
6042         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked. 
6044         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6046     def GetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6048         GetEnabled(self) -> bool 
6050         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled. 
6052         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6054     def GetShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6056         GetShown(self) -> bool 
6058         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown. 
6060         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6062     def GetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6064         GetText(self) -> String 
6066         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element. 
6068         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6070     def GetSetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6072         GetSetText(self) -> bool 
6074         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For 
6075         wxWidgets internal use only. 
6077         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6079     def GetSetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6081         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool 
6083         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets 
6086         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6088     def GetSetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6090         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool 
6092         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets 
6095         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6097     def GetSetShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6099         GetSetShown(self) -> bool 
6101         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets 
6104         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6106     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6108         Check(self, bool check) 
6110         Check or uncheck the UI element. 
6112         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6114     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6116         Enable(self, bool enable) 
6118         Enable or disable the UI element. 
6120         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6122     def Show(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6124         Show(self, bool show) 
6126         Show or hide the UI element. 
6128         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6130     def SetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6132         SetText(self, String text) 
6134         Sets the text for this UI element. 
6136         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6138     def SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6140         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval) 
6142         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to 
6143         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The 
6146         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your 
6147         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or 
6148         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` 
6149         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is 
6152         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6154     SetUpdateInterval 
= staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval
) 
6155     def GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6157         GetUpdateInterval() -> long 
6159         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1 
6160         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible. 
6162         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6164     GetUpdateInterval 
= staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval
) 
6165     def CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6167         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool 
6169         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events 
6172         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`), 
6173         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update 
6174         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to 
6175         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default 
6176         this will always return true because the update mode is initially 
6177         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update 
6178         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency 
6179         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update 
6183         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6185     CanUpdate 
= staticmethod(CanUpdate
) 
6186     def ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6190         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It 
6191         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this 
6192         is called at the end of idle processing. 
6194         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6196     ResetUpdateTime 
= staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime
) 
6197     def SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6201         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only 
6202         to those which specify that they will process the events. 
6204         The mode may be one of the following values: 
6206             =============================   ========================================== 
6207             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This 
6208                                             is the default setting. 
6209             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that 
6210                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra 
6212             =============================   ========================================== 
6215         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6217     SetMode 
= staticmethod(SetMode
) 
6218     def GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6222         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to 
6223         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6226         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6228     GetMode 
= staticmethod(GetMode
) 
6229     Checked 
= property(GetChecked
,Check
,doc
="See `GetChecked`")  
6230     Enabled 
= property(GetEnabled
,Enable
,doc
="See `GetEnabled`")  
6231     Shown 
= property(GetShown
,Show
,doc
="See `GetShown`")  
6232     Text 
= property(GetText
,SetText
,doc
="See `GetText` and `SetText`")  
6233 _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent
) 
6235 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6237     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval) 
6239     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to 
6240     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The 
6243     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your 
6244     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or 
6245     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` 
6246     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is 
6249   return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6251 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
): 
6253     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long 
6255     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1 
6256     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible. 
6258   return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
) 
6260 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6262     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool 
6264     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events 
6267     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`), 
6268     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update 
6269     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to 
6270     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default 
6271     this will always return true because the update mode is initially 
6272     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update 
6273     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency 
6274     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update 
6278   return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6280 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
): 
6282     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime() 
6284     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It 
6285     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this 
6286     is called at the end of idle processing. 
6288   return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
) 
6290 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6292     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode) 
6294     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only 
6295     to those which specify that they will process the events. 
6297     The mode may be one of the following values: 
6299         =============================   ========================================== 
6300         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This 
6301                                         is the default setting. 
6302         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that 
6303                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra 
6305         =============================   ========================================== 
6308   return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6310 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
): 
6312     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int 
6314     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to 
6315     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6318   return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
) 
6320 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6322 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event
): 
6324     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated 
6325     when the user changes the colour settings using the control 
6326     panel. This is only applicable under Windows. 
6328     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child 
6329     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If 
6330     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call 
6331     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to 
6332     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly. 
6335     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6336     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6337     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6339         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent 
6343         _core_
.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6344 _core_
.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent
) 
6346 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6348 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event
): 
6350     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to 
6351     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if 
6352     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling 
6353     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture 
6354     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code. 
6356     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6358     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6359     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6360     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6362         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent 
6366         _core_
.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6367     def GetCapturedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6369         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window 
6371         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a 
6372         non-wxWidgets window. 
6374         return _core_
.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6376     CapturedWindow 
= property(GetCapturedWindow
,doc
="See `GetCapturedWindow`")  
6377 _core_
.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent
) 
6379 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6381 class MouseCaptureLostEvent(Event
): 
6383     A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse 
6384     capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for 
6385     example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures 
6388     If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the 
6389     capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but 
6390     didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent 
6391     if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or 
6394     This event is currently emitted under Windows only. 
6397     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6398     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6399     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6401         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> MouseCaptureLostEvent 
6403         A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse 
6404         capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for 
6405         example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures 
6408         If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the 
6409         capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but 
6410         didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent 
6411         if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or 
6414         This event is currently emitted under Windows only. 
6417         _core_
.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_MouseCaptureLostEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6418 _core_
.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureLostEvent
) 
6420 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6422 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event
): 
6424     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display 
6425     resolution has changed. 
6427     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6429     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6430     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6431     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6432         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent""" 
6433         _core_
.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6434 _core_
.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent
) 
6436 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6438 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event
): 
6440     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has 
6441     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to 
6444     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6446     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6447     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6448     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6450         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent 
6452         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has 
6453         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to 
6456         This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6458         _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6459     def SetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6460         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)""" 
6461         return _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6463     def GetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6464         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window""" 
6465         return _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6467     ChangedWindow 
= property(GetChangedWindow
,SetChangedWindow
,doc
="See `GetChangedWindow` and `SetChangedWindow`")  
6468 _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent
) 
6470 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6472 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event
): 
6474     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard 
6475     focus and should re-do its palette. 
6477     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6479     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6480     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6481     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6483         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent 
6487         _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6488     def SetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6490         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized) 
6492         App should set this if it changes the palette. 
6494         return _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6496     def GetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6497         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool""" 
6498         return _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6500     PaletteRealized 
= property(GetPaletteRealized
,SetPaletteRealized
,doc
="See `GetPaletteRealized` and `SetPaletteRealized`")  
6501 _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent
) 
6503 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6505 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event
): 
6507     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between 
6508     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not 
6509     catch navigation events in applications as there are already 
6510     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find 
6511     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change 
6512     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call 
6513     `wx.Window.Navigate`. 
6515     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6516     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6517     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6518         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent""" 
6519         _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6520     def GetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6522         GetDirection(self) -> bool 
6524         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise. 
6526         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6528     def SetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6530         SetDirection(self, bool forward) 
6532         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the 
6533         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab. 
6535         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6537     def IsWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6539         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool 
6541         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed. 
6543         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6545     def SetWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6547         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange) 
6549         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows. 
6550         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented 
6551         by using Control-Tab. 
6553         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6555     def IsFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6557         IsFromTab(self) -> bool 
6559         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab 
6562         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6564     def SetFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6566         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs) 
6568         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key. 
6569         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons. 
6571         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6573     def SetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6575         SetFlags(self, long flags) 
6577         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following: 
6579             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward 
6580             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward 
6581             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange 
6582             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab 
6585         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6587     def GetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6589         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window 
6591         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be 
6594         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6596     def SetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6598         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win) 
6600         Set the window that has the focus. 
6602         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6604     IsBackward 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
 
6605     IsForward 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
 
6606     WinChange 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
 
6607     FromTab 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
 
6608     CurrentFocus 
= property(GetCurrentFocus
,SetCurrentFocus
,doc
="See `GetCurrentFocus` and `SetCurrentFocus`")  
6609     Direction 
= property(GetDirection
,SetDirection
,doc
="See `GetDirection` and `SetDirection`")  
6610 _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent
) 
6612 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6614 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6616     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the 
6617     underlying GUI object) exists. 
6619     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6620     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6621     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6623         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent 
6625         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the 
6626         underlying GUI object) exists. 
6628         _core_
.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6629     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6631         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
6633         Returns the window that this event refers to. 
6635         return _core_
.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6637     Window 
= property(GetWindow
,doc
="See `GetWindow`")  
6638 _core_
.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent
) 
6640 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6642     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor 
6643     when the GUI window is destroyed. 
6645     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will 
6646     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event 
6647     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is 
6648     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to 
6649     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get 
6650     notification of the destruction of another window. 
6652     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6653     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6654     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6656         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent 
6658         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor 
6659         when the GUI window is destroyed. 
6661         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will 
6662         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event 
6663         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is 
6664         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to 
6665         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get 
6666         notification of the destruction of another window. 
6668         _core_
.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6669     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6671         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
6673         Returns the window that this event refers to. 
6675         return _core_
.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6677     Window 
= property(GetWindow
,doc
="See `GetWindow`")  
6678 _core_
.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent
) 
6680 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6682 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6684     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to 
6685     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu. 
6687     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6688     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6689     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6691         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent 
6695         _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6696     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6698         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
6700         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should 
6703         return _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6705     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6707         SetPosition(self, Point pos) 
6709         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown. 
6711         return _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6713     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,SetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")  
6714 _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent
) 
6716 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6718 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL 
= _core_
.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
 
6719 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED 
= _core_
.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
 
6720 class IdleEvent(Event
): 
6722     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent 
6723     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the 
6724     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by 
6725     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are 
6726     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal 
6727     events and then becomes empty again. 
6729     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a 
6730     significant overhead in your application, you can call 
6731     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and 
6732     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window 
6733     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent 
6734     to those windows and not to any others. 
6736     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6737     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6738     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6740         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent 
6744         _core_
.IdleEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_IdleEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6745     def RequestMore(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6747         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True) 
6749         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be 
6750         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the 
6751         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the 
6752         application windows. If no window calls this function during its 
6753         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event 
6754         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing 
6757         return _core_
.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6759     def MoreRequested(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6761         MoreRequested(self) -> bool 
6763         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event 
6764         requested more processing time. 
6766         return _core_
.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6768     def SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6772         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to 
6773         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6776         The mode can be one of the following values: 
6778             =========================   ======================================== 
6779             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows 
6780             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have 
6781                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style 
6783             =========================   ======================================== 
6786         return _core_
.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6788     SetMode 
= staticmethod(SetMode
) 
6789     def GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6793         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send 
6794         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they 
6795         will process the events. 
6797         return _core_
.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6799     GetMode 
= staticmethod(GetMode
) 
6800     def CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6802         CanSend(Window win) -> bool 
6804         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this 
6807         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and 
6808         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle 
6809         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always 
6810         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially 
6811         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events 
6812         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set. 
6814         return _core_
.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6816     CanSend 
= staticmethod(CanSend
) 
6817 _core_
.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent
) 
6819 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6821     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode) 
6823     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to 
6824     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6827     The mode can be one of the following values: 
6829         =========================   ======================================== 
6830         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows 
6831         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have 
6832                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style 
6834         =========================   ======================================== 
6837   return _core_
.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6839 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
): 
6841     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int 
6843     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send 
6844     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they 
6845     will process the events. 
6847   return _core_
.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
) 
6849 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6851     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool 
6853     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this 
6856     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and 
6857     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle 
6858     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always 
6859     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially 
6860     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events 
6861     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set. 
6863   return _core_
.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6865 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6867 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6869     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text 
6870     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data 
6871     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a 
6872     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT* 
6873     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control. 
6875     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6876     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6877     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6879         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent 
6881         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text 
6882         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data 
6883         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a 
6884         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT* 
6885         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control. 
6887         _core_
.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6888 _core_
.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent
) 
6890 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6892 class PyEvent(Event
): 
6894     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event 
6895     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of 
6896     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport 
6897     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have 
6898     them still be there when the event handler is invoked. 
6900     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent` 
6903     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6904     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6905     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6906         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent""" 
6907         _core_
.PyEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6910     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_PyEvent
 
6911     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
6912     def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6913         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)""" 
6914         return _core_
.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6916     def _GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6917         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject""" 
6918         return _core_
.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6920 _core_
.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent
) 
6922 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6924     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom 
6925     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent 
6926     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class 
6927     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is 
6928     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event 
6929     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked. 
6934     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6935     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6936     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6937         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent""" 
6938         _core_
.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PyCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6941     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_PyCommandEvent
 
6942     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
6943     def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6944         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)""" 
6945         return _core_
.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6947     def _GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6948         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject""" 
6949         return _core_
.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6951 _core_
.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent
) 
6953 class DateEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6955     This event class holds information about a date change event and is 
6956     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class 
6957     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with 
6960     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6961     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6962     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6963         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent""" 
6964         _core_
.DateEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_DateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6965     def GetDate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6967         GetDate(self) -> DateTime 
6971         return _core_
.DateEvent_GetDate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6973     def SetDate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6975         SetDate(self, DateTime date) 
6977         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library 
6980         return _core_
.DateEvent_SetDate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6982     Date 
= property(GetDate
,SetDate
,doc
="See `GetDate` and `SetDate`")  
6983 _core_
.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent
) 
6985 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
 
6986 EVT_DATE_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
, 1 ) 
6988 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6990 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
 
6991 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
 
6992 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
 
6993 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
 
6994 PRINT_WINDOWS 
= _core_
.PRINT_WINDOWS
 
6995 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT 
= _core_
.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
 
6996 class PyApp(EvtHandler
): 
6998     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the 
6999     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead. 
7001     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
7002     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
7003     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
7005         __init__(self) -> PyApp 
7007         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process. 
7009         _core_
.PyApp_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PyApp(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
7010         self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PyApp
, False) 
7011         self
._setOORInfo
(self
, False) 
7013     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_PyApp
 
7014     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
7015     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7016         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref)""" 
7017         return _core_
.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7019     def GetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7021         GetAppName(self) -> String 
7023         Get the application name. 
7025         return _core_
.PyApp_GetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7027     def SetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7029         SetAppName(self, String name) 
7031         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by 
7032         `wx.Config` and such. 
7034         return _core_
.PyApp_SetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7036     def GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7038         GetClassName(self) -> String 
7040         Get the application's class name. 
7042         return _core_
.PyApp_GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7044     def SetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7046         SetClassName(self, String name) 
7048         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for 
7049         X-resources if applicable for the platform 
7051         return _core_
.PyApp_SetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7053     def GetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7055         GetVendorName(self) -> String 
7057         Get the application's vendor name. 
7059         return _core_
.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7061     def SetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7063         SetVendorName(self, String name) 
7065         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used 
7066         automatically by `wx.Config` and such. 
7068         return _core_
.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7070     def GetTraits(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7072         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits 
7074         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we 
7075         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the 
7076         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding 
7077         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is 
7078         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the 
7079         differences behind the common facade. 
7081         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython. 
7083         return _core_
.PyApp_GetTraits(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7085     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7087         ProcessPendingEvents(self) 
7089         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to 
7090         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens 
7091         during each event loop iteration. 
7093         return _core_
.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7095     def Yield(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7097         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool 
7099         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting 
7100         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield`` 
7101         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True. 
7103         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected 
7104               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may 
7105               result in calling the same event handler again), use with 
7106               extreme care or, better, don't use at all! 
7108         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield` 
7111         return _core_
.PyApp_Yield(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7113     def WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7117         Make sure that idle events are sent again. 
7118         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle` 
7120         return _core_
.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7122     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7124         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool 
7126         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can 
7127         currently be dispatched. 
7129         return _core_
.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7131     IsMainLoopRunning 
= staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning
) 
7132     def MainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7134         MainLoop(self) -> int 
7136         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until 
7137         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed. 
7139         return _core_
.PyApp_MainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7141     def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7145         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application. 
7148         return _core_
.PyApp_Exit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7150     def GetLayoutDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7152         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int 
7154         Return the layout direction for the current locale. 
7156         return _core_
.PyApp_GetLayoutDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7158     def ExitMainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7162         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main 
7163         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!) 
7165         return _core_
.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7167     def Pending(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7169         Pending(self) -> bool 
7171         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue. 
7173         return _core_
.PyApp_Pending(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7175     def Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7177         Dispatch(self) -> bool 
7179         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event 
7180         appears if there are none currently) 
7182         return _core_
.PyApp_Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7184     def ProcessIdle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7186         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool 
7188         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are 
7189         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested 
7190         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not. 
7192         return _core_
.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7194     def SendIdleEvents(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7196         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool 
7198         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more 
7199         idle time is requested. 
7201         return _core_
.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7203     def IsActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7205         IsActive(self) -> bool 
7207         Return True if our app has focus. 
7209         return _core_
.PyApp_IsActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7211     def SetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7213         SetTopWindow(self, Window win) 
7215         Set the *main* top level window 
7217         return _core_
.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7219     def GetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7221         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window 
7223         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously 
7224         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if 
7225         there not any, will return None) 
7227         return _core_
.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7229     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7231         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag) 
7233         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main 
7234         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program 
7235         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with 
7236         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop() 
7237         explicitly from somewhere. 
7239         return _core_
.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7241     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7243         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool 
7245         Get the current exit behaviour setting. 
7247         return _core_
.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7249     def SetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7251         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag) 
7253         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on 
7254         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.) 
7256         return _core_
.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7258     def GetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7260         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool 
7262         Get current UseBestVisual setting. 
7264         return _core_
.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7266     def SetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7267         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)""" 
7268         return _core_
.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7270     def GetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7271         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int""" 
7272         return _core_
.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7274     def SetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7276         SetAssertMode(self, int mode) 
7278         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds. 
7280         return _core_
.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7282     def GetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7284         GetAssertMode(self) -> int 
7286         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting. 
7288         return _core_
.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7290     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7291         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool""" 
7292         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7294     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
) 
7295     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7296         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7297         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7299     GetMacAboutMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId
) 
7300     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7301         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7302         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7304     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
) 
7305     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7306         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7307         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7309     GetMacExitMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId
) 
7310     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7311         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String""" 
7312         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7314     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName 
= staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
) 
7315     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7316         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)""" 
7317         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7319     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
) 
7320     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7321         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7322         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7324     SetMacAboutMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId
) 
7325     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7326         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7327         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7329     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
) 
7330     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7331         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7332         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7334     SetMacExitMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId
) 
7335     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7336         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)""" 
7337         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7339     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName 
= staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
) 
7340     def _BootstrapApp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7344         For internal use only 
7346         return _core_
.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7348     def GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7350         GetComCtl32Version() -> int 
7352         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if 
7353         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms. 
7355         return _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7357     GetComCtl32Version 
= staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version
) 
7358     def IsDisplayAvailable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7360         IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool 
7362         Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment. 
7363         This will mean different things on the different platforms. 
7365            * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is 
7366              not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen 
7367              if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly. 
7369            * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not 
7370              able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in 
7371              remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead 
7372              of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.) 
7377         return _core_
.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7379     IsDisplayAvailable 
= staticmethod(IsDisplayAvailable
) 
7380     AppName 
= property(GetAppName
,SetAppName
,doc
="See `GetAppName` and `SetAppName`")  
7381     AssertMode 
= property(GetAssertMode
,SetAssertMode
,doc
="See `GetAssertMode` and `SetAssertMode`")  
7382     ClassName 
= property(GetClassName
,SetClassName
,doc
="See `GetClassName` and `SetClassName`")  
7383     ExitOnFrameDelete 
= property(GetExitOnFrameDelete
,SetExitOnFrameDelete
,doc
="See `GetExitOnFrameDelete` and `SetExitOnFrameDelete`")  
7384     LayoutDirection 
= property(GetLayoutDirection
,doc
="See `GetLayoutDirection`")  
7385     PrintMode 
= property(GetPrintMode
,SetPrintMode
,doc
="See `GetPrintMode` and `SetPrintMode`")  
7386     TopWindow 
= property(GetTopWindow
,SetTopWindow
,doc
="See `GetTopWindow` and `SetTopWindow`")  
7387     Traits 
= property(GetTraits
,doc
="See `GetTraits`")  
7388     UseBestVisual 
= property(GetUseBestVisual
,SetUseBestVisual
,doc
="See `GetUseBestVisual` and `SetUseBestVisual`")  
7389     VendorName 
= property(GetVendorName
,SetVendorName
,doc
="See `GetVendorName` and `SetVendorName`")  
7390     Active 
= property(IsActive
)  
7391 _core_
.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp
) 
7393 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
): 
7395     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool 
7397     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can 
7398     currently be dispatched. 
7400   return _core_
.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
) 
7402 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
): 
7403   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool""" 
7404   return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
) 
7406 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
): 
7407   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7408   return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
) 
7410 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
): 
7411   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7412   return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
) 
7414 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
): 
7415   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7416   return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
) 
7418 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
): 
7419   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String""" 
7420   return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
) 
7422 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7423   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)""" 
7424   return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7426 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7427   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7428   return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7430 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7431   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7432   return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7434 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7435   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7436   return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7438 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7439   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)""" 
7440   return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7442 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
): 
7444     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int 
7446     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if 
7447     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms. 
7449   return _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
) 
7451 def PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args
): 
7453     PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool 
7455     Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment. 
7456     This will mean different things on the different platforms. 
7458        * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is 
7459          not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen 
7460          if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly. 
7462        * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not 
7463          able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in 
7464          remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead 
7465          of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.) 
7470   return _core_
.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args
) 
7472 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7479     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit() 
7481   return _core_
.Exit(*args
) 
7487     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield() 
7489   return _core_
.Yield(*args
) 
7491 def YieldIfNeeded(*args
): 
7493     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool 
7495     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True) 
7497   return _core_
.YieldIfNeeded(*args
) 
7499 def SafeYield(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7501     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool 
7503     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the 
7504     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and 
7505     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window 
7506     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user 
7509     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`. 
7511   return _core_
.SafeYield(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7513 def WakeUpIdle(*args
): 
7517     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be 
7520   return _core_
.WakeUpIdle(*args
) 
7522 def PostEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7524     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event) 
7526     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed 
7529   return _core_
.PostEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7531 def App_CleanUp(*args
): 
7535     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when 
7538   return _core_
.App_CleanUp(*args
) 
7544     Return a reference to the current wx.App object. 
7546   return _core_
.GetApp(*args
) 
7548 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7550     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding) 
7552     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a 
7553     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString. 
7555     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]`` 
7556     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale 
7557     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please 
7558     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences 
7559     between the common latin/roman encodings. 
7561   return _core_
.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7563 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
): 
7565     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string 
7567     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to 
7568     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString. 
7570   return _core_
.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
) 
7571 #---------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7573 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow
: 
7575     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and 
7576     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to 
7577     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area 
7578     and write the text there. 
7580     def __init__(self
, title 
= "wxPython: stdout/stderr"): 
7583         self
.pos    
= wx
.DefaultPosition
 
7584         self
.size   
= (450, 300) 
7587     def SetParent(self
, parent
): 
7588         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent.""" 
7589         self
.parent 
= parent
 
7592     def CreateOutputWindow(self
, st
): 
7593         self
.frame 
= wx
.Frame(self
.parent
, -1, self
.title
, self
.pos
, self
.size
, 
7594                               style
=wx
.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE
) 
7595         self
.text  
= wx
.TextCtrl(self
.frame
, -1, "", 
7596                                  style
=wx
.TE_MULTILINE|wx
.TE_READONLY
) 
7597         self
.text
.AppendText(st
) 
7598         self
.frame
.Show(True) 
7599         self
.frame
.Bind(wx
.EVT_CLOSE
, self
.OnCloseWindow
) 
7602     def OnCloseWindow(self
, event
): 
7603         if self
.frame 
is not None: 
7604             self
.frame
.Destroy() 
7609     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour. 
7610     def write(self
, text
): 
7612         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it. 
7613         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses 
7614         CallAfter to do the work there. 
7616         if self
.frame 
is None: 
7617             if not wx
.Thread_IsMain(): 
7618                 wx
.CallAfter(self
.CreateOutputWindow
, text
) 
7620                 self
.CreateOutputWindow(text
) 
7622             if not wx
.Thread_IsMain(): 
7623                 wx
.CallAfter(self
.text
.AppendText
, text
) 
7625                 self
.text
.AppendText(text
) 
7629         if self
.frame 
is not None: 
7630             wx
.CallAfter(self
.frame
.Close
) 
7638 #---------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7640 _defRedirect 
= (wx
.Platform 
== '__WXMSW__' or wx
.Platform 
== '__WXMAC__') 
7642 class App(wx
.PyApp
): 
7644     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to: 
7646       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying 
7648       * set and get application-wide properties 
7649       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop, 
7650         and to dispatch events to window instances 
7653     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all 
7654     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the 
7655     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui 
7656     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized. 
7658     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an 
7659     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls 
7660     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``. 
7662     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used 
7666     outputWindowClass 
= PyOnDemandOutputWindow
 
7668     def __init__(self
, redirect
=_defRedirect
, filename
=None, 
7669                  useBestVisual
=False, clearSigInt
=True): 
7671         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.   
7673         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be 
7674             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False 
7675             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be 
7676             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can 
7677             control what kind of window is created for the output by 
7678             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a 
7679             class of your choosing.) 
7681         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if 
7684         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best 
7685             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on 
7686             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter 
7687             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later 
7688             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI 
7689             toolkit is initialized. 
7691         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the 
7692             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other 
7695         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition 
7696             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and 
7697             wxWidgets are fully initialized. 
7700         wx
.PyApp
.__init
__(self
) 
7702         # make sure we can create a GUI 
7703         if not self
.IsDisplayAvailable(): 
7705             if wx
.Platform 
== "__WXMAC__": 
7706                 msg 
= """This program needs access to the screen. 
7707 Please run with 'pythonw', not 'python', and only when you are logged 
7708 in on the main display of your Mac.""" 
7710             elif wx
.Platform 
== "__WXGTK__": 
7711                 msg 
="Unable to access the X Display, is $DISPLAY set properly?" 
7714                 msg 
= "Unable to create GUI" 
7715                 # TODO: more description is needed for wxMSW... 
7717             raise SystemExit(msg
) 
7719         # This has to be done before OnInit 
7720         self
.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual
) 
7722         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem 
7723         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this 
7724         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send 
7725         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By 
7726         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as 
7727         # expected (depending on platform.) 
7731                 signal
.signal(signal
.SIGINT
, signal
.SIG_DFL
) 
7735         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window? 
7736         self
.stdioWin 
= None 
7737         self
.saveStdio 
= (_sys
.stdout
, _sys
.stderr
) 
7739             self
.RedirectStdio(filename
) 
7741         # Use Python's install prefix as the default   
7742         wx
.StandardPaths
.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys
.prefix
) 
7744         # Until the new native control for wxMac is up to par, still use the generic one. 
7745         wx
.SystemOptions
.SetOptionInt("mac.listctrl.always_use_generic", 1) 
7747         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls 
7748         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class 
7749         self
._BootstrapApp
() 
7752     def OnPreInit(self
): 
7754         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its 
7755         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time 
7756         that OnInit is called. 
7758         wx
.StockGDI
._initStockObjects
() 
7761     def __del__(self
, destroy
=wx
.PyApp
.__del
__): 
7762         self
.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden 
7766         self
.this
.own(False) 
7767         wx
.PyApp
.Destroy(self
) 
7769     def SetTopWindow(self
, frame
): 
7770         """Set the \"main\" top level window""" 
7772             self
.stdioWin
.SetParent(frame
) 
7773         wx
.PyApp
.SetTopWindow(self
, frame
) 
7777         """Execute the main GUI event loop""" 
7778         wx
.PyApp
.MainLoop(self
) 
7782     def RedirectStdio(self
, filename
=None): 
7783         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window.""" 
7785             _sys
.stdout 
= _sys
.stderr 
= open(filename
, 'a') 
7787             self
.stdioWin 
= self
.outputWindowClass() 
7788             _sys
.stdout 
= _sys
.stderr 
= self
.stdioWin
 
7791     def RestoreStdio(self
): 
7793             _sys
.stdout
, _sys
.stderr 
= self
.saveStdio
 
7798     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self
, title
=None, pos
=None, size
=None): 
7800         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if 
7801         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before 
7802         any output would cause the output window to be created. 
7805             if title 
is not None: 
7806                 self
.stdioWin
.title 
= title
 
7808                 self
.stdioWin
.pos 
= pos
 
7809             if size 
is not None: 
7810                 self
.stdioWin
.size 
= size
 
7815 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX 
7816 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
 
7817 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
 
7818 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
 
7819 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
 
7820 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
 
7821 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
 
7822 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
 
7823 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
 
7824 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
 
7825 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
 
7826 App_GetComCtl32Version           
= _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
 
7828 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7830 class PySimpleApp(wx
.App
): 
7832     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and 
7833     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry 
7834     about OnInit.  For example:: 
7836         app = wx.PySimpleApp() 
7837         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World') 
7844     def __init__(self
, redirect
=False, filename
=None, 
7845                  useBestVisual
=False, clearSigInt
=True): 
7847         :see: `wx.App.__init__` 
7849         wx
.App
.__init
__(self
, redirect
, filename
, useBestVisual
, clearSigInt
) 
7856 # Is anybody using this one? 
7857 class PyWidgetTester(wx
.App
): 
7858     def __init__(self
, size 
= (250, 100)): 
7860         wx
.App
.__init
__(self
, 0) 
7863         self
.frame 
= wx
.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos
=(0,0), size
=self
.size
) 
7864         self
.SetTopWindow(self
.frame
) 
7867     def SetWidget(self
, widgetClass
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7868         w 
= widgetClass(self
.frame
, *args
, **kwargs
) 
7869         self
.frame
.Show(True) 
7871 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7872 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we 
7873 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When 
7874 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup 
7875 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function. 
7877 class __wxPyCleanup
: 
7879         self
.cleanup 
= _core_
.App_CleanUp
 
7883 _sys
.__wxPythonCleanup 
= __wxPyCleanup() 
7885 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early... 
7887 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp) 
7890 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7892 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7894 class EventLoop(object): 
7895     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class""" 
7896     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
7897     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
7898     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
7899         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop""" 
7900         _core_
.EventLoop_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_EventLoop(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
7901     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_EventLoop
 
7902     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
7903     def Run(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7904         """Run(self) -> int""" 
7905         return _core_
.EventLoop_Run(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7907     def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7908         """Exit(self, int rc=0)""" 
7909         return _core_
.EventLoop_Exit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7911     def Pending(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7912         """Pending(self) -> bool""" 
7913         return _core_
.EventLoop_Pending(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7915     def Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7916         """Dispatch(self) -> bool""" 
7917         return _core_
.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7919     def IsRunning(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7920         """IsRunning(self) -> bool""" 
7921         return _core_
.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7923     def GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7924         """GetActive() -> EventLoop""" 
7925         return _core_
.EventLoop_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7927     GetActive 
= staticmethod(GetActive
) 
7928     def SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7929         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)""" 
7930         return _core_
.EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7932     SetActive 
= staticmethod(SetActive
) 
7933 _core_
.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop
) 
7935 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args
): 
7936   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop""" 
7937   return _core_
.EventLoop_GetActive(*args
) 
7939 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7940   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)""" 
7941   return _core_
.EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7943 class EventLoopActivator(object): 
7944     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class""" 
7945     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
7946     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
7947     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
7948         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator""" 
7949         _core_
.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_EventLoopActivator(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
7950     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_EventLoopActivator
 
7951     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
7952 _core_
.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator
) 
7954 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7956 ACCEL_ALT 
= _core_
.ACCEL_ALT
 
7957 ACCEL_CTRL 
= _core_
.ACCEL_CTRL
 
7958 ACCEL_SHIFT 
= _core_
.ACCEL_SHIFT
 
7959 ACCEL_NORMAL 
= _core_
.ACCEL_NORMAL
 
7960 ACCEL_CMD 
= _core_
.ACCEL_CMD
 
7961 class AcceleratorEntry(object): 
7963     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython 
7964     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a 
7965     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just 
7966     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values. 
7968     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable` 
7970     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
7971     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
7972     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
7974         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry 
7976         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry. 
7978         _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
7979     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_AcceleratorEntry
 
7980     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
7981     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7983         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd) 
7985         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry. 
7988         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7990     def Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7992         Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry 
7994         Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if 
7995         it coulnd't be parsed. 
7997         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7999     Create 
= staticmethod(Create
) 
8000     def GetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8002         GetFlags(self) -> int 
8004         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags. 
8006         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8008     def GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8010         GetKeyCode(self) -> int 
8012         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode. 
8014         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8016     def GetCommand(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8018         GetCommand(self) -> int 
8020         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID. 
8022         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8024     def IsOk(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8025         """IsOk(self) -> bool""" 
8026         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_IsOk(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8028     def ToString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8030         ToString(self) -> String 
8032         Returns a string representation for the this accelerator.  The string 
8033         is formatted using the <flags>-<keycode> format where <flags> maybe a 
8034         hyphen-separed list of "shift|alt|ctrl" 
8037         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_ToString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8039     def FromString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8041         FromString(self, String str) -> bool 
8043         Returns true if the given string correctly initialized this object. 
8045         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_FromString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8047     Command 
= property(GetCommand
,doc
="See `GetCommand`")  
8048     Flags 
= property(GetFlags
,doc
="See `GetFlags`")  
8049     KeyCode 
= property(GetKeyCode
,doc
="See `GetKeyCode`")  
8050 _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry
) 
8052 def AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8054     AcceleratorEntry_Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry 
8056     Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if 
8057     it coulnd't be parsed. 
8059   return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8061 class AcceleratorTable(Object
): 
8063     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of 
8064     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or 
8065     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are 
8068     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
8069     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
8070     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
8072         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable 
8074         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry` 
8075         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID) 
8077         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry` 
8079         _core_
.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_AcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
8080     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_AcceleratorTable
 
8081     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
8082     def IsOk(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8083         """IsOk(self) -> bool""" 
8084         return _core_
.AcceleratorTable_IsOk(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8087 _core_
.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable
) 
8090 def GetAccelFromString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8091   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry""" 
8092   return _core_
.GetAccelFromString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8093 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
8095 class VisualAttributes(object): 
8096     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control""" 
8097     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
8098     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
8099     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
8101         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes 
8103         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control 
8105         _core_
.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_VisualAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
8106     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_VisualAttributes
 
8107     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
8108     font 
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_font_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_font_set
) 
8109     colFg 
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_colFg_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_colFg_set
) 
8110     colBg 
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_colBg_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_colBg_set
) 
8111 _core_
.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes
) 
8112 NullAcceleratorTable 
= cvar
.NullAcceleratorTable
 
8113 PanelNameStr 
= cvar
.PanelNameStr
 
8115 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
 
8116 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
 
8117 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
 
8118 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
 
8119 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
 
8120 class Window(EvtHandler
): 
8122     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible 
8123     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are 
8124     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't 
8125     appear on screen themselves. 
8128     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
8129     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
8130     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
8132         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
8133             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window 
8135         Construct and show a generic Window. 
8137         _core_
.Window_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Window(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
8138         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
8140     def Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8142         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
8143             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool 
8145         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode. 
8147         return _core_
.Window_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8149     def Close(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8151         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool 
8153         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually 
8154         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself, 
8155         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close 
8156         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window. 
8158         return _core_
.Window_Close(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8160     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8162         Destroy(self) -> bool 
8164         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed 
8165         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list 
8166         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events 
8167         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to 
8168         non-existent windows. 
8170         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it 
8171         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion. 
8173         args
[0].this
.own(False) 
8174         return _core_
.Window_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8176     def DestroyChildren(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8178         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool 
8180         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the 
8183         return _core_
.Window_DestroyChildren(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8185     def IsBeingDeleted(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8187         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool 
8189         Is the window in the process of being deleted? 
8191         return _core_
.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8193     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8195         SetLabel(self, String label) 
8197         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable. 
8199         return _core_
.Window_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8201     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8203         GetLabel(self) -> String 
8205         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification 
8206         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to 
8207         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For 
8208         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function 
8209         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs 
8210         access programs)which need to identify windows by name. 
8212         return _core_
.Window_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8214     def SetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8216         SetName(self, String name) 
8218         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting 
8219         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label 
8221         return _core_
.Window_SetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8223     def GetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8225         GetName(self) -> String 
8227         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique; 
8228         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window 
8229         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName. 
8231         return _core_
.Window_GetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8233     def SetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8235         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant) 
8237         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if 
8238         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac. 
8240         return _core_
.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8242     def GetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8243         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int""" 
8244         return _core_
.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8246     def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8248         SetId(self, int winid) 
8250         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer 
8251         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier 
8252         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on 
8253         creation and should not be modified subsequently. 
8255         return _core_
.Window_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8257     def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8261         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer 
8262         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id 
8263         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be 
8266         return _core_
.Window_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8268     def NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8270         NewControlId() -> int 
8272         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one. 
8274         return _core_
.Window_NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8276     NewControlId 
= staticmethod(NewControlId
) 
8277     def NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8279         NextControlId(int winid) -> int 
8281         Get the id of the control following the one with the given 
8284         return _core_
.Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8286     NextControlId 
= staticmethod(NextControlId
) 
8287     def PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8289         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int 
8291         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given 
8294         return _core_
.Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8296     PrevControlId 
= staticmethod(PrevControlId
) 
8297     def GetLayoutDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8299         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int 
8301         Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.  Returns 
8302         ``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported. 
8304         return _core_
.Window_GetLayoutDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8306     def SetLayoutDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8308         SetLayoutDirection(self, int dir) 
8310         Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window. 
8312         return _core_
.Window_SetLayoutDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8314     def AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8316         AdjustForLayoutDirection(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int 
8318         Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the 
8319         mirroring is not done automatically like Win32. 
8321         return _core_
.Window_AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8323     def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8325         SetSize(self, Size size) 
8327         Sets the size of the window in pixels. 
8329         return _core_
.Window_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8331     def SetDimensions(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8333         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO) 
8335         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags 
8336         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are 
8339             ========================  ====================================== 
8340             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific 
8341                                       default should be used. 
8342             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if 
8343                                       -1 values are supplied. 
8344             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be 
8345                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not 
8347             ========================  ====================================== 
8350         return _core_
.Window_SetDimensions(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8352     def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8354         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO) 
8356         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect. 
8358         return _core_
.Window_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8360     def SetSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8362         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height) 
8364         Sets the size of the window in pixels. 
8366         return _core_
.Window_SetSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8368     def Move(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8370         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING) 
8372         Moves the window to the given position. 
8374         return _core_
.Window_Move(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8377     def MoveXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8379         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING) 
8381         Moves the window to the given position. 
8383         return _core_
.Window_MoveXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8385     def SetInitialSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8387         SetInitialSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize) 
8389         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the 
8390         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers. 
8392         return _core_
.Window_SetInitialSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8394     SetBestFittingSize 
= wx
._deprecated
(SetInitialSize
, 'Use `SetInitialSize`')  
8395     def Raise(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8399         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current 
8400         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows. 
8402         return _core_
.Window_Raise(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8404     def Lower(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8408         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current 
8409         version of wxWidgets this works both for manage and child windows. 
8411         return _core_
.Window_Lower(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8413     def SetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8415         SetClientSize(self, Size size) 
8417         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this 
8418         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than 
8419         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what 
8420         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window 
8421         around panel items, for example. 
8423         return _core_
.Window_SetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8425     def SetClientSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8427         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height) 
8429         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this 
8430         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than 
8431         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what 
8432         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window 
8433         around panel items, for example. 
8435         return _core_
.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8437     def SetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8439         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect) 
8441         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this 
8442         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than 
8443         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what 
8444         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window 
8445         around panel items, for example. 
8447         return _core_
.Window_SetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8449     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8451         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
8453         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client 
8454         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level 
8455         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all 
8458         return _core_
.Window_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8460     def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8462         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) 
8464         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client 
8465         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level 
8466         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all 
8469         return _core_
.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8471     def GetScreenPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8473         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point 
8475         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes. 
8477         return _core_
.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8479     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8481         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y) 
8483         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes. 
8485         return _core_
.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8487     def GetScreenRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8489         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect 
8491         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as 
8494         return _core_
.Window_GetScreenRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8496     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8498         GetSize(self) -> Size 
8500         Get the window size. 
8502         return _core_
.Window_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8504     def GetSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8506         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8508         Get the window size. 
8510         return _core_
.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8512     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8514         GetRect(self) -> Rect 
8516         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object. 
8518         return _core_
.Window_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8520     def GetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8522         GetClientSize(self) -> Size 
8524         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client 
8525         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding 
8526         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc. 
8528         return _core_
.Window_GetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8530     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8532         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8534         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client 
8535         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding 
8536         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc. 
8538         return _core_
.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8540     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8542         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point 
8544         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the 
8545         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of 
8546         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...) 
8548         return _core_
.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8550     def GetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8552         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect 
8554         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object. 
8556         return _core_
.Window_GetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8558     def GetBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8560         GetBestSize(self) -> Size 
8562         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the 
8563         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will 
8564         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For 
8565         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by 
8566         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had 
8569         return _core_
.Window_GetBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8571     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8573         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8575         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the 
8576         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will 
8577         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For 
8578         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by 
8579         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had 
8582         return _core_
.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8584     def InvalidateBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8586         InvalidateBestSize(self) 
8588         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next 
8591         return _core_
.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8593     def CacheBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8595         CacheBestSize(self, Size size) 
8597         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until 
8598         some properties of the window change.) 
8600         return _core_
.Window_CacheBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8602     def GetEffectiveMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8604         GetEffectiveMinSize(self) -> Size 
8606         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's 
8607         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns 
8611         return _core_
.Window_GetEffectiveMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8613     GetBestFittingSize 
= wx
._deprecated
(GetEffectiveMinSize
, 'Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.')  
8614     def GetAdjustedBestSize(self
): 
8615         s 
= self
.GetBestSize() 
8616         return wx
.Size(max(s
.width
,  self
.GetMinWidth()), 
8617                        max(s
.height
, self
.GetMinHeight())) 
8618     GetAdjustedBestSize 
= wx
._deprecated
(GetAdjustedBestSize
, 'Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.') 
8620     def Center(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8622         Center(self, int direction=BOTH) 
8624         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for 
8625         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may 
8626         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window 
8627         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a 
8628         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered 
8629         relative to the screen. 
8631         return _core_
.Window_Center(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8634     def CenterOnParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8636         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH) 
8638         Center with respect to the the parent window 
8640         return _core_
.Window_CenterOnParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8642     CentreOnParent 
= CenterOnParent 
 
8643     def Fit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8647         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function 
8648         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work 
8649         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the 
8650         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result 
8651         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of 
8652         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize()) 
8653         instead of calling Fit. 
8655         return _core_
.Window_Fit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8657     def FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8661         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a 
8662         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after 
8663         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled 
8664         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do 
8665         anything if there are no subwindows. 
8667         return _core_
.Window_FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8669     def SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8671         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,  
8674         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window 
8675         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the 
8676         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user 
8677         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is 
8678         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size 
8679         and will use that value if set when calculating layout. 
8681         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt. 
8683         return _core_
.Window_SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8685     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8687         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize) 
8689         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window 
8690         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the 
8691         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user 
8692         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is 
8693         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size 
8694         and will use that value if set when calculating layout. 
8696         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt. 
8698         return _core_
.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8700     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8702         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1) 
8704         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a 
8705         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be 
8706         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size 
8707         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds. 
8709         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8711     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8713         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize) 
8715         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a 
8716         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be 
8717         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size 
8718         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds. 
8720         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8722     def GetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8723         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size""" 
8724         return _core_
.Window_GetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8726     def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8727         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size""" 
8728         return _core_
.Window_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8730     def SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8732         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize) 
8734         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the 
8737         return _core_
.Window_SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8739     def SetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8741         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize) 
8743         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the 
8746         return _core_
.Window_SetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8748     def GetMinWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8749         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int""" 
8750         return _core_
.Window_GetMinWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8752     def GetMinHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8753         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int""" 
8754         return _core_
.Window_GetMinHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8756     def GetMaxWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8757         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int""" 
8758         return _core_
.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8760     def GetMaxHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8761         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int""" 
8762         return _core_
.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8764     def SetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8766         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size) 
8768         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this 
8769         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8770         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8772         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8774     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8776         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h) 
8778         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this 
8779         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8780         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8782         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8784     def GetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8786         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size 
8788         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows 
8789         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8790         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8792         return _core_
.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8794     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8796         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8798         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows 
8799         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8800         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8802         return _core_
.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8804     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8806         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size 
8808         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a 
8809         sizer, interior children, or other means) 
8811         return _core_
.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8813     def Show(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8815         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool 
8817         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level 
8818         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if 
8819         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if 
8820         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done 
8821         because it already was in the requested state. 
8823         return _core_
.Window_Show(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8825     def Hide(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8829         Equivalent to calling Show(False). 
8831         return _core_
.Window_Hide(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8833     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8835         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool 
8837         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent 
8838         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they 
8839         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window 
8840         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the 
8841         window had already been in the specified state. 
8843         return _core_
.Window_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8845     def Disable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8847         Disable(self) -> bool 
8849         Disables the window, same as Enable(false). 
8851         return _core_
.Window_Disable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8853     def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8855         IsShown(self) -> bool 
8857         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden. 
8859         return _core_
.Window_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8861     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8863         IsEnabled(self) -> bool 
8865         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise. 
8867         return _core_
.Window_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8869     def IsShownOnScreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8871         IsShownOnScreen(self) -> bool 
8873         Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen, 
8874         i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are 
8877         return _core_
.Window_IsShownOnScreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8879     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8881         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style) 
8883         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be 
8884         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be 
8885         called after changing the others for the change to take place 
8888         return _core_
.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8890     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8892         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long 
8894         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create 
8897         return _core_
.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8899     SetWindowStyle 
= SetWindowStyleFlag
; GetWindowStyle 
= GetWindowStyleFlag 
 
8900     def HasFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8902         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool 
8904         Test if the given style is set for this window. 
8906         return _core_
.Window_HasFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8908     def IsRetained(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8910         IsRetained(self) -> bool 
8912         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained 
8913         windows are only available on X platforms. 
8915         return _core_
.Window_IsRetained(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8917     def SetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8919         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle) 
8921         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less 
8922         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with 
8923         SetWindowStyleFlag() 
8925         return _core_
.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8927     def GetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8929         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long 
8931         Returns the extra style bits for the window. 
8933         return _core_
.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8935     def MakeModal(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8937         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True) 
8939         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can 
8940         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this 
8943         return _core_
.Window_MakeModal(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8945     def SetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8947         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme) 
8949         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme" 
8950          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background 
8951          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support 
8952          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is 
8953          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a 
8954          user's selected theme. 
8956         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true 
8957         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best. 
8959         return _core_
.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8961     def GetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8963         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool 
8965         Return the themeEnabled flag. 
8967         return _core_
.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8969     def SetFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8973         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input. 
8975         return _core_
.Window_SetFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8977     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8979         SetFocusFromKbd(self) 
8981         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally 
8982         only called internally. 
8984         return _core_
.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8986     def FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8988         FindFocus() -> Window 
8990         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus, 
8993         return _core_
.Window_FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8995     FindFocus 
= staticmethod(FindFocus
) 
8996     def AcceptsFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8998         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool 
9000         Can this window have focus? 
9002         return _core_
.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9004     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9006         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool 
9008         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the 
9009         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click 
9012         return _core_
.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9014     def Navigate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9016         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool 
9018         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a 
9019         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`. 
9021         return _core_
.Window_Navigate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9023     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9025         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win) 
9027         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified 
9028         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on 
9029         that other window, the focus switches to this window. 
9031         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function 
9032         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the 
9036         return _core_
.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9038     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9040         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win) 
9042         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just 
9043         before win instead of putting it right after it. 
9045         return _core_
.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9047     def GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9049         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject 
9051         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a 
9052         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return 
9053         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children 
9056         return _core_
.Window_GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9058     def GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9060         GetParent(self) -> Window 
9062         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one. 
9064         return _core_
.Window_GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9066     def GetGrandParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9068         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window 
9070         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there 
9073         return _core_
.Window_GetGrandParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9075     def IsTopLevel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9077         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool 
9079         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all 
9080         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even 
9081         if they have a parent window). 
9083         return _core_
.Window_IsTopLevel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9085     def Reparent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9087         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool 
9089         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current 
9090         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then 
9091         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True 
9092         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent == 
9095         return _core_
.Window_Reparent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9097     def AddChild(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9099         AddChild(self, Window child) 
9101         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation 
9102         functions so should not be required by the application programmer. 
9104         return _core_
.Window_AddChild(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9106     def RemoveChild(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9108         RemoveChild(self, Window child) 
9110         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window 
9111         deletion functions so should not be required by the application 
9114         return _core_
.Window_RemoveChild(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9116     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9118         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on) 
9120         Currently wxGTK2 only. 
9122         return _core_
.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9124     def FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9126         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window 
9128         Find a chld of this window by window ID 
9130         return _core_
.Window_FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9132     def FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9134         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window 
9136         Find a child of this window by name 
9138         return _core_
.Window_FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9140     def GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9142         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler 
9144         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is 
9145         its own event handler. 
9147         return _core_
.Window_GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9149     def SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9151         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) 
9153         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object 
9154         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window.  (In other 
9155         words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.)  By 
9156         default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may 
9157         wish to substitute another, for example to allow central 
9158         implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window 
9161         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets 
9162         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event 
9163         handler is handed off to the next one in the chain. 
9165         return _core_
.Window_SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9167     def PushEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9169         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) 
9171         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window. 
9172         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events 
9173         sent to a window.  (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to 
9174         handler function.)  By default, the window is its own event handler, 
9175         but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to 
9176         allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of 
9177         different window classes. 
9179         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of 
9180         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is 
9181         handed to the next one in the chain.  Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` 
9182         to remove the event handler.  Ownership of the handler is *not* given 
9183         to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the 
9184         window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call 
9185         its Destroy method yourself. 
9187         return _core_
.Window_PushEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9189     def PopEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9191         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler 
9193         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler 
9194         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be 
9195         destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead. 
9197         return _core_
.Window_PopEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9199     def RemoveEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9201         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool 
9203         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not 
9204         delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found 
9205         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this 
9206         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be 
9209         return _core_
.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9211     def SetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9213         SetValidator(self, Validator validator) 
9215         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator, 
9216         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this 
9219         return _core_
.Window_SetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9221     def GetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9223         GetValidator(self) -> Validator 
9225         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if 
9228         return _core_
.Window_GetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9230     def Validate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9232         Validate(self) -> bool 
9234         Validates the current values of the child controls using their 
9235         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra 
9236         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child 
9237         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed. 
9239         return _core_
.Window_Validate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9241     def TransferDataToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9243         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool 
9245         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their 
9246         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra 
9247         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of 
9250         return _core_
.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9252     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9254         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool 
9256         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their 
9257         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has 
9258         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will 
9259         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows. 
9261         return _core_
.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9263     def InitDialog(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9267         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data 
9268         to the dialog via validators. 
9270         return _core_
.Window_InitDialog(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9272     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9274         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel) 
9276         Sets the accelerator table for this window. 
9278         return _core_
.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9280     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9282         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable 
9284         Gets the accelerator table for this window. 
9286         return _core_
.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9288     def RegisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9290         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool 
9292         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey 
9293         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will 
9294         receive the event even if the application is in the background and 
9295         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some 
9296         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey 
9297         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the 
9298         hotkey was registered successfully. 
9300         return _core_
.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9302     def UnregisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9304         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool 
9306         Unregisters a system wide hotkey. 
9308         return _core_
.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9310     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9312         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9314         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
9315         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
9316         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
9317         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
9318         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
9321         return _core_
.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9323     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9325         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size 
9327         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
9328         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
9329         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
9330         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
9331         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
9334         return _core_
.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9336     def DLG_PNT(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9338         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9340         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
9341         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
9342         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
9343         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
9344         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
9347         return _core_
.Window_DLG_PNT(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9349     def DLG_SZE(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9351         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size 
9353         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
9354         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
9355         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
9356         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
9357         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
9360         return _core_
.Window_DLG_SZE(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9362     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9363         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point""" 
9364         return _core_
.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9366     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9367         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size""" 
9368         return _core_
.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9370     def WarpPointer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9372         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y) 
9374         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window. 
9376         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human 
9377         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically. 
9379         return _core_
.Window_WarpPointer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9381     def CaptureMouse(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9385         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to 
9386         release the capture. 
9388         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the 
9389         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window 
9390         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if 
9391         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must 
9392         release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window 
9393         receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event. 
9395         Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some 
9396         operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this 
9397         operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not 
9400         return _core_
.Window_CaptureMouse(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9402     def ReleaseMouse(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9406         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse. 
9408         return _core_
.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9410     def GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9412         GetCapture() -> Window 
9414         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None 
9416         return _core_
.Window_GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9418     GetCapture 
= staticmethod(GetCapture
) 
9419     def HasCapture(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9421         HasCapture(self) -> bool 
9423         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture. 
9425         return _core_
.Window_HasCapture(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9427     def Refresh(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9429         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None) 
9431         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it 
9432         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent 
9435         return _core_
.Window_Refresh(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9437     def RefreshRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9439         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True) 
9441         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will 
9442         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax. 
9444         return _core_
.Window_RefreshRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9446     def Update(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9450         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the 
9451         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally 
9452         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the 
9453         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and 
9454         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use `Refresh` 
9455         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of 
9456         it) unconditionally. 
9458         return _core_
.Window_Update(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9460     def ClearBackground(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9462         ClearBackground(self) 
9464         Clears the window by filling it with the current background 
9465         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated. 
9467         return _core_
.Window_ClearBackground(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9469     def Freeze(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9473         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from 
9474         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be 
9475         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be 
9476         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has 
9479         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example, 
9480         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into 
9481         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor 
9482         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a 
9483         mandatory directive. 
9485         return _core_
.Window_Freeze(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9487     def IsFrozen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9489         IsFrozen(self) -> bool 
9491         Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet. 
9493         :see: `Freeze` and `Thaw` 
9495         return _core_
.Window_IsFrozen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9497     def Thaw(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9501         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to 
9502         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of 
9503         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated. 
9505         return _core_
.Window_Thaw(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9507     def PrepareDC(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9509         PrepareDC(self, DC dc) 
9511         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a 
9512         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current 
9515         return _core_
.Window_PrepareDC(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9517     def IsDoubleBuffered(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9519         IsDoubleBuffered(self) -> bool 
9521         Returns ``True`` if the window contents is double-buffered by the 
9522         system, i.e. if any drawing done on the window is really done on a 
9523         temporary backing surface and transferred to the screen all at once 
9526         return _core_
.Window_IsDoubleBuffered(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9528     def GetUpdateRegion(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9530         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region 
9532         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been 
9533         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler. 
9535         return _core_
.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9537     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9539         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect 
9541         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords. 
9543         return _core_
.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9545     def IsExposed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9547         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool 
9549         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed 
9550         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to 
9551         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been 
9554         return _core_
.Window_IsExposed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9556     def IsExposedPoint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9558         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool 
9560         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed 
9561         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to 
9562         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been 
9565         return _core_
.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9567     def IsExposedRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9569         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
9571         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed 
9572         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to 
9573         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been 
9576         return _core_
.Window_IsExposedRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9578     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9580         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes 
9582         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is 
9583         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control 
9584         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard 
9585         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of 
9586         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
9588         return _core_
.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9590     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9592         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
9594         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
9595         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
9596         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
9597         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
9598         user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
9600         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
9601         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
9602         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
9605         return _core_
.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9607     GetClassDefaultAttributes 
= staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes
) 
9608     def SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9610         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool 
9612         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour 
9613         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default 
9614         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and 
9615         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window 
9616         to the default background colour. 
9618         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate 
9619         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after 
9620         calling this function. 
9622         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this 
9623         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the 
9624         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all 
9625         applications on the system. 
9627         return _core_
.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9629     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9630         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)""" 
9631         return _core_
.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9633     def SetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9635         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool 
9637         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour 
9638         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on 
9639         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may 
9642         return _core_
.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9644     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9645         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)""" 
9646         return _core_
.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9648     def GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9650         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour 
9652         Returns the background colour of the window. 
9654         return _core_
.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9656     def GetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9658         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour 
9660         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of 
9661         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text 
9662         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all. 
9664         return _core_
.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9666     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9667         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool""" 
9668         return _core_
.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9670     def UseBgCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9671         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool""" 
9672         return _core_
.Window_UseBgCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9674     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9676         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool 
9678         Returns the background style of the window. The background style 
9679         indicates how the background of the window is drawn. 
9681             ======================  ======================================== 
9682             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should 
9683                                     be determined by the system 
9684             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour 
9685             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the 
9687             ======================  ======================================== 
9689         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of 
9690         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has 
9691         no effect on other platforms. 
9693         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour` 
9695         return _core_
.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9697     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9699         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int 
9701         Returns the background style of the window. 
9703         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle` 
9705         return _core_
.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9707     def HasTransparentBackground(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9709         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool 
9711         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for 
9712         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's 
9715         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you 
9716         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override 
9717         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted 
9720         return _core_
.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9722     def SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9724         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool 
9726         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it 
9727         for the children of the window implicitly. 
9729         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will 
9730         be reset back to default. 
9732         return _core_
.Window_SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9734     def GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9736         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor 
9738         Return the cursor associated with this window. 
9740         return _core_
.Window_GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9742     def SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9744         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool 
9746         Sets the font for this window. 
9748         return _core_
.Window_SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9750     def SetOwnFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9751         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)""" 
9752         return _core_
.Window_SetOwnFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9754     def GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9756         GetFont(self) -> Font 
9758         Returns the default font used for this window. 
9760         return _core_
.Window_GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9762     def SetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9764         SetCaret(self, Caret caret) 
9766         Sets the caret associated with the window. 
9768         return _core_
.Window_SetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9770     def GetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9772         GetCaret(self) -> Caret 
9774         Returns the caret associated with the window. 
9776         return _core_
.Window_GetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9778     def GetCharHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9780         GetCharHeight(self) -> int 
9782         Get the (average) character size for the current font. 
9784         return _core_
.Window_GetCharHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9786     def GetCharWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9788         GetCharWidth(self) -> int 
9790         Get the (average) character size for the current font. 
9792         return _core_
.Window_GetCharWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9794     def GetTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9796         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height) 
9798         Get the width and height of the text using the current font. 
9800         return _core_
.Window_GetTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9802     def GetFullTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9804         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) -> 
9805            (width, height, descent, externalLeading) 
9807         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the 
9808         current or specified font. 
9810         return _core_
.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9812     def ClientToScreenXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9814         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y) 
9816         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window. 
9818         return _core_
.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9820     def ScreenToClientXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9822         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y) 
9824         Converts from screen to client window coordinates. 
9826         return _core_
.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9828     def ClientToScreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9830         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9832         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window. 
9834         return _core_
.Window_ClientToScreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9836     def ScreenToClient(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9838         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9840         Converts from screen to client window coordinates. 
9842         return _core_
.Window_ScreenToClient(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9844     def HitTestXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9846         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int 
9848         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies 
9850         return _core_
.Window_HitTestXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9852     def HitTest(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9854         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int 
9856         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies 
9858         return _core_
.Window_HitTest(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9860     def GetBorder(*args
): 
9862         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int 
9863         GetBorder(self) -> int 
9865         Get border for the flags of this window 
9867         return _core_
.Window_GetBorder(*args
) 
9869     def UpdateWindowUI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9871         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE) 
9873         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular 
9874         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will 
9875         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will 
9876         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this 
9877         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at 
9878         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are 
9879         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called 
9880         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to 
9881         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events 
9884         return _core_
.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9886     def PopupMenuXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9888         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool 
9890         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window, 
9891         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is 
9892         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as 
9893         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the 
9894         mouse cursor will be used. 
9896         return _core_
.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9898     def PopupMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9900         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool 
9902         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window, 
9903         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is 
9904         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as 
9905         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the 
9906         mouse cursor will be used. 
9908         return _core_
.Window_PopupMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9910     def HasMultiplePages(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9911         """HasMultiplePages(self) -> bool""" 
9912         return _core_
.Window_HasMultiplePages(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9914     def GetHandle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9916         GetHandle(self) -> long 
9918         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the 
9919         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the 
9920         toplevel parent of the window. 
9922         return _core_
.Window_GetHandle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9924     def AssociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9926         AssociateHandle(self, long handle) 
9928         Associate the window with a new native handle 
9930         return _core_
.Window_AssociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9932     def DissociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9934         DissociateHandle(self) 
9936         Dissociate the current native handle from the window 
9938         return _core_
.Window_DissociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9940     def HasScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9942         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool 
9944         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation? 
9946         return _core_
.Window_HasScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9948     def SetScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9950         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,  
9953         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar. 
9955         return _core_
.Window_SetScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9957     def SetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9959         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True) 
9961         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars. 
9963         return _core_
.Window_SetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9965     def GetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9967         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int 
9969         Returns the built-in scrollbar position. 
9971         return _core_
.Window_GetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9973     def GetScrollThumb(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9975         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int 
9977         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size. 
9979         return _core_
.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9981     def GetScrollRange(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9983         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int 
9985         Returns the built-in scrollbar range. 
9987         return _core_
.Window_GetScrollRange(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9989     def ScrollWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9991         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None) 
9993         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows 
9994         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling 
9995         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that 
9996         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program. 
9998         return _core_
.Window_ScrollWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10000     def ScrollLines(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10002         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool 
10004         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by 
10005         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines 
10006         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was 
10007         already on top/bottom and nothing was done. 
10009         return _core_
.Window_ScrollLines(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10011     def ScrollPages(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10013         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool 
10015         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by 
10016         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages 
10017         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was 
10018         already on top/bottom and nothing was done. 
10020         return _core_
.Window_ScrollPages(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10022     def LineUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10024         LineUp(self) -> bool 
10026         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1). 
10028         return _core_
.Window_LineUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10030     def LineDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10032         LineDown(self) -> bool 
10034         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1). 
10036         return _core_
.Window_LineDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10038     def PageUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10040         PageUp(self) -> bool 
10042         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1). 
10044         return _core_
.Window_PageUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10046     def PageDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10048         PageDown(self) -> bool 
10050         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1). 
10052         return _core_
.Window_PageDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10054     def SetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10056         SetHelpText(self, String text) 
10058         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this 
10059         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current 
10060         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself. 
10062         return _core_
.Window_SetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10064     def SetHelpTextForId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10066         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text) 
10068         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this 
10071         return _core_
.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10073     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10075         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String 
10077         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window. 
10079         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown 
10080         and this method should return the global window help text then 
10083         return _core_
.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10085     def GetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10087         GetHelpText(self) -> String 
10089         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this 
10090         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current 
10091         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself. 
10093         return _core_
.Window_GetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10095     def SetToolTipString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10097         SetToolTipString(self, String tip) 
10099         Attach a tooltip to the window. 
10101         return _core_
.Window_SetToolTipString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10103     def SetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10105         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip) 
10107         Attach a tooltip to the window. 
10109         return _core_
.Window_SetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10111     def GetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10113         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip 
10115         get the associated tooltip or None if none 
10117         return _core_
.Window_GetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10119     def SetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10121         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget) 
10123         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has 
10124         a drop target, it is deleted. 
10126         return _core_
.Window_SetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10128     def GetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10130         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget 
10132         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None. 
10134         return _core_
.Window_GetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10136     def DragAcceptFiles(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10138         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept) 
10140         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES. 
10141         Only functional on Windows. 
10143         return _core_
.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10145     def SetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10147         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints) 
10149         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing 
10150         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be 
10151         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current 
10154         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints 
10155         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must 
10156         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting 
10157         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have 
10160         return _core_
.Window_SetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10162     def GetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10164         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints 
10166         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there 
10169         return _core_
.Window_GetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10171     def SetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10173         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout) 
10175         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically 
10176         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the 
10177         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and 
10178         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them). 
10180         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use 
10181         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window 
10182         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes. 
10184         return _core_
.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10186     def GetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10188         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool 
10190         Returns the current autoLayout setting 
10192         return _core_
.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10194     def Layout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10196         Layout(self) -> bool 
10198         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based 
10199         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on, 
10200         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE 
10201         handler when the window is resized. 
10203         return _core_
.Window_Layout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10205     def SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10207         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True) 
10209         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then 
10210         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing 
10211         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted 
10212         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also 
10213         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is 
10214         non-None, and False otherwise. 
10216         return _core_
.Window_SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10218     def SetSizerAndFit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10220         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True) 
10222         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the 
10223         window based on the sizer's minimum size. 
10225         return _core_
.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10227     def GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10229         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer 
10231         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to 
10232         SetSizer or None if there isn't one. 
10234         return _core_
.Window_GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10236     def SetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10238         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer) 
10240         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is 
10241         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so 
10242         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed. 
10244         return _core_
.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10246     def GetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10248         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer 
10250         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None. 
10252         return _core_
.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10254     def InheritAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10256         InheritAttributes(self) 
10258         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called 
10259         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual 
10260         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background 
10263         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use 
10264         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's 
10265         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not 
10266         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been 
10267         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same 
10268         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides 
10269         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed 
10270         no matter what and only the font might. 
10272         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the 
10273         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default 
10274         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as 
10275         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours) 
10276         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the 
10277         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change 
10278         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or 
10279         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the 
10280         parents attributes. 
10283         return _core_
.Window_InheritAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10285     def ShouldInheritColours(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10287         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool 
10289         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be 
10290         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them 
10291         from the parent window. 
10293         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in 
10294         wxControl where it returns true. 
10296         return _core_
.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10298     def CanSetTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10300         CanSetTransparent(self) -> bool 
10302         Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for 
10303         this window.  Note that this method will err on the side of caution, 
10304         so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact 
10305         possible to set the transparency. 
10307         NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite 
10308         extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such 
10309         as xcompmgr) running. 
10311         return _core_
.Window_CanSetTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10313     def SetTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10315         SetTransparent(self, byte alpha) -> bool 
10317         Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value, 
10318         returns True on success.  The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the 
10319         range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully 
10322         return _core_
.Window_SetTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10324     def PostCreate(self
, pre
): 
10326         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!> 
10327         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method. 
10329         self
.this 
= pre
.this
 
10330         self
.thisown 
= pre
.thisown
 
10332         if hasattr(self
, '_setOORInfo'): 
10333             self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10334         if hasattr(self
, '_setCallbackInfo'): 
10335             self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, self
.__class
__) 
10337     def SendSizeEvent(self
): 
10338         self
.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx
.SizeEvent((-1,-1))) 
10340     AcceleratorTable 
= property(GetAcceleratorTable
,SetAcceleratorTable
,doc
="See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`")  
10341     AdjustedBestSize 
= property(GetAdjustedBestSize
,doc
="See `GetAdjustedBestSize`")  
10342     AutoLayout 
= property(GetAutoLayout
,SetAutoLayout
,doc
="See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`")  
10343     BackgroundColour 
= property(GetBackgroundColour
,SetBackgroundColour
,doc
="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")  
10344     BackgroundStyle 
= property(GetBackgroundStyle
,SetBackgroundStyle
,doc
="See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`")  
10345     EffectiveMinSize 
= property(GetEffectiveMinSize
,doc
="See `GetEffectiveMinSize`")  
10346     BestSize 
= property(GetBestSize
,doc
="See `GetBestSize`")  
10347     BestVirtualSize 
= property(GetBestVirtualSize
,doc
="See `GetBestVirtualSize`")  
10348     Border 
= property(GetBorder
,doc
="See `GetBorder`")  
10349     Caret 
= property(GetCaret
,SetCaret
,doc
="See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`")  
10350     CharHeight 
= property(GetCharHeight
,doc
="See `GetCharHeight`")  
10351     CharWidth 
= property(GetCharWidth
,doc
="See `GetCharWidth`")  
10352     Children 
= property(GetChildren
,doc
="See `GetChildren`")  
10353     ClientAreaOrigin 
= property(GetClientAreaOrigin
,doc
="See `GetClientAreaOrigin`")  
10354     ClientRect 
= property(GetClientRect
,SetClientRect
,doc
="See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`")  
10355     ClientSize 
= property(GetClientSize
,SetClientSize
,doc
="See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`")  
10356     Constraints 
= property(GetConstraints
,SetConstraints
,doc
="See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`")  
10357     ContainingSizer 
= property(GetContainingSizer
,SetContainingSizer
,doc
="See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`")  
10358     Cursor 
= property(GetCursor
,SetCursor
,doc
="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")  
10359     DefaultAttributes 
= property(GetDefaultAttributes
,doc
="See `GetDefaultAttributes`")  
10360     DropTarget 
= property(GetDropTarget
,SetDropTarget
,doc
="See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`")  
10361     EventHandler 
= property(GetEventHandler
,SetEventHandler
,doc
="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")  
10362     ExtraStyle 
= property(GetExtraStyle
,SetExtraStyle
,doc
="See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`")  
10363     Font 
= property(GetFont
,SetFont
,doc
="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")  
10364     ForegroundColour 
= property(GetForegroundColour
,SetForegroundColour
,doc
="See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`")  
10365     GrandParent 
= property(GetGrandParent
,doc
="See `GetGrandParent`")  
10366     Handle 
= property(GetHandle
,doc
="See `GetHandle`")  
10367     HelpText 
= property(GetHelpText
,SetHelpText
,doc
="See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`")  
10368     Id 
= property(GetId
,SetId
,doc
="See `GetId` and `SetId`")  
10369     Label 
= property(GetLabel
,SetLabel
,doc
="See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`")  
10370     LayoutDirection 
= property(GetLayoutDirection
,SetLayoutDirection
,doc
="See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`")  
10371     MaxHeight 
= property(GetMaxHeight
,doc
="See `GetMaxHeight`")  
10372     MaxSize 
= property(GetMaxSize
,SetMaxSize
,doc
="See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`")  
10373     MaxWidth 
= property(GetMaxWidth
,doc
="See `GetMaxWidth`")  
10374     MinHeight 
= property(GetMinHeight
,doc
="See `GetMinHeight`")  
10375     MinSize 
= property(GetMinSize
,SetMinSize
,doc
="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")  
10376     MinWidth 
= property(GetMinWidth
,doc
="See `GetMinWidth`")  
10377     Name 
= property(GetName
,SetName
,doc
="See `GetName` and `SetName`")  
10378     Parent 
= property(GetParent
,doc
="See `GetParent`")  
10379     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,SetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")  
10380     Rect 
= property(GetRect
,SetRect
,doc
="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")  
10381     ScreenPosition 
= property(GetScreenPosition
,doc
="See `GetScreenPosition`")  
10382     ScreenRect 
= property(GetScreenRect
,doc
="See `GetScreenRect`")  
10383     Size 
= property(GetSize
,SetSize
,doc
="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")  
10384     Sizer 
= property(GetSizer
,SetSizer
,doc
="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")  
10385     ThemeEnabled 
= property(GetThemeEnabled
,SetThemeEnabled
,doc
="See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`")  
10386     ToolTip 
= property(GetToolTip
,SetToolTip
,doc
="See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`")  
10387     UpdateClientRect 
= property(GetUpdateClientRect
,doc
="See `GetUpdateClientRect`")  
10388     UpdateRegion 
= property(GetUpdateRegion
,doc
="See `GetUpdateRegion`")  
10389     Validator 
= property(GetValidator
,SetValidator
,doc
="See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`")  
10390     VirtualSize 
= property(GetVirtualSize
,SetVirtualSize
,doc
="See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`")  
10391     WindowStyle 
= property(GetWindowStyle
,SetWindowStyle
,doc
="See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`")  
10392     WindowStyleFlag 
= property(GetWindowStyleFlag
,SetWindowStyleFlag
,doc
="See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`")  
10393     WindowVariant 
= property(GetWindowVariant
,SetWindowVariant
,doc
="See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`")  
10394     Shown 
= property(IsShown
,Show
,doc
="See `IsShown` and `Show`")  
10395     Enabled 
= property(IsEnabled
,Enable
,doc
="See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`")  
10396     TopLevel 
= property(IsTopLevel
,doc
="See `IsTopLevel`")  
10397 _core_
.Window_swigregister(Window
) 
10399 def PreWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10401     PreWindow() -> Window 
10403     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation. 
10405     val 
= _core_
.new_PreWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10408 def Window_NewControlId(*args
): 
10410     Window_NewControlId() -> int 
10412     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one. 
10414   return _core_
.Window_NewControlId(*args
) 
10416 def Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10418     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int 
10420     Get the id of the control following the one with the given 
10423   return _core_
.Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10425 def Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10427     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int 
10429     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given 
10432   return _core_
.Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10434 def Window_FindFocus(*args
): 
10436     Window_FindFocus() -> Window 
10438     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus, 
10441   return _core_
.Window_FindFocus(*args
) 
10443 def Window_GetCapture(*args
): 
10445     Window_GetCapture() -> Window 
10447     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None 
10449   return _core_
.Window_GetCapture(*args
) 
10451 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10453     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
10455     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
10456     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
10457     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
10458     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
10459     user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
10461     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
10462     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
10463     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
10466   return _core_
.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10468 def DLG_PNT(win
, point_or_x
, y
=None): 
10470     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in 
10471     dialog units to pixel units. 
10474         return win
.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x
) 
10476         return win
.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx
.Point(point_or_x
, y
)) 
10478 def DLG_SZE(win
, size_width
, height
=None): 
10480     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in 
10481     dialog units to pixel units. 
10484         return win
.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width
) 
10486         return win
.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx
.Size(size_width
, height
)) 
10489 def FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10491     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window 
10493     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent 
10494     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog 
10495     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window 
10496     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases. 
10498   return _core_
.FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10500 def FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10502     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window 
10504     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create 
10505     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all 
10506     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be 
10507     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both 
10510     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called. 
10512   return _core_
.FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10514 def FindWindowByLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10516     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window 
10518     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label 
10519     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the 
10520     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if 
10521     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window 
10522     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases. 
10524   return _core_
.FindWindowByLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10526 def Window_FromHWND(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10527   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window""" 
10528   return _core_
.Window_FromHWND(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10530 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args
): 
10532     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject 
10534     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames, 
10535     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained 
10536     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows 
10537     are closed or new top-level windows are created. 
10540   return _core_
.GetTopLevelWindows(*args
) 
10541 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10543 class Validator(EvtHandler
): 
10544     """Proxy of C++ Validator class""" 
10545     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
10546     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
10547     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
10548         """__init__(self) -> Validator""" 
10549         _core_
.Validator_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Validator(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
10550         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10552     def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10553         """Clone(self) -> Validator""" 
10554         return _core_
.Validator_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10556     def Validate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10557         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool""" 
10558         return _core_
.Validator_Validate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10560     def TransferToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10561         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool""" 
10562         return _core_
.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10564     def TransferFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10565         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool""" 
10566         return _core_
.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10568     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10569         """GetWindow(self) -> Window""" 
10570         return _core_
.Validator_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10572     def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10573         """SetWindow(self, Window window)""" 
10574         return _core_
.Validator_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10576     def IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10577         """IsSilent() -> bool""" 
10578         return _core_
.Validator_IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10580     IsSilent 
= staticmethod(IsSilent
) 
10581     def SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10582         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)""" 
10583         return _core_
.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10585     SetBellOnError 
= staticmethod(SetBellOnError
) 
10586     Window 
= property(GetWindow
,SetWindow
,doc
="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")  
10587 _core_
.Validator_swigregister(Validator
) 
10589 def Validator_IsSilent(*args
): 
10590   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool""" 
10591   return _core_
.Validator_IsSilent(*args
) 
10593 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10594   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)""" 
10595   return _core_
.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10597 class PyValidator(Validator
): 
10598     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class""" 
10599     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
10600     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
10601     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
10602         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator""" 
10603         _core_
.PyValidator_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PyValidator(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
10605         self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PyValidator
, 1) 
10606         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10608     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10609         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=True)""" 
10610         return _core_
.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10612 _core_
.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator
) 
10614 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10616 class Menu(EvtHandler
): 
10617     """Proxy of C++ Menu class""" 
10618     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
10619     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
10620     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
10621         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu""" 
10622         _core_
.Menu_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Menu(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
10623         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10625     def Append(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10627         Append(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,  
10628             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem 
10630         return _core_
.Menu_Append(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10632     def AppendSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10633         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem""" 
10634         return _core_
.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10636     def AppendCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10637         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10638         return _core_
.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10640     def AppendRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10641         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10642         return _core_
.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10644     def AppendMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10645         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10646         return _core_
.Menu_AppendMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10648     def AppendSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10649         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10650         return _core_
.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10652     def AppendItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10653         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10654         return _core_
.Menu_AppendItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10656     def InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10657         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10658         return _core_
.Menu_InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10660     def PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10661         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10662         return _core_
.Menu_PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10664     def Break(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10666         return _core_
.Menu_Break(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10668     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10670         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,  
10671             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem 
10673         return _core_
.Menu_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10675     def InsertSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10676         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem""" 
10677         return _core_
.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10679     def InsertCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10680         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10681         return _core_
.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10683     def InsertRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10684         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10685         return _core_
.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10687     def InsertMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10688         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10689         return _core_
.Menu_InsertMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10691     def Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10693         Prepend(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,  
10694             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem 
10696         return _core_
.Menu_Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10698     def PrependSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10699         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem""" 
10700         return _core_
.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10702     def PrependCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10703         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10704         return _core_
.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10706     def PrependRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10707         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10708         return _core_
.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10710     def PrependMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10711         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10712         return _core_
.Menu_PrependMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10714     def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10715         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" 
10716         return _core_
.Menu_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10718     def RemoveItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10719         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10720         return _core_
.Menu_RemoveItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10722     def Delete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10723         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10724         return _core_
.Menu_Delete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10726     def DeleteItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10727         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool""" 
10728         return _core_
.Menu_DeleteItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10730     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10734         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. 
10736         args
[0].this
.own(False) 
10737         return _core_
.Menu_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10739     def DestroyId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10740         """DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10741         return _core_
.Menu_DestroyId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10743     def DestroyItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10744         """DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool""" 
10745         return _core_
.Menu_DestroyItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10747     def GetMenuItemCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10748         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t""" 
10749         return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10751     def GetMenuItems(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10752         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject""" 
10753         return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10755     def FindItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10756         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int""" 
10757         return _core_
.Menu_FindItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10759     def FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10760         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" 
10761         return _core_
.Menu_FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10763     def FindItemByPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10764         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem""" 
10765         return _core_
.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10767     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10768         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)""" 
10769         return _core_
.Menu_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10771     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10772         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10773         return _core_
.Menu_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10775     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10776         """Check(self, int id, bool check)""" 
10777         return _core_
.Menu_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10779     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10780         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10781         return _core_
.Menu_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10783     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10784         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)""" 
10785         return _core_
.Menu_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10787     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10788         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String""" 
10789         return _core_
.Menu_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10791     def SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10792         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)""" 
10793         return _core_
.Menu_SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10795     def GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10796         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String""" 
10797         return _core_
.Menu_GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10799     def SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10800         """SetTitle(self, String title)""" 
10801         return _core_
.Menu_SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10803     def GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10804         """GetTitle(self) -> String""" 
10805         return _core_
.Menu_GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10807     def SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10808         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" 
10809         return _core_
.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10811     def GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10812         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
10813         return _core_
.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10815     def SetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10816         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)""" 
10817         return _core_
.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10819     def GetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10820         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window""" 
10821         return _core_
.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10823     def GetStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10824         """GetStyle(self) -> long""" 
10825         return _core_
.Menu_GetStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10827     def UpdateUI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10828         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)""" 
10829         return _core_
.Menu_UpdateUI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10831     def GetMenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10832         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar""" 
10833         return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10835     def Attach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10836         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)""" 
10837         return _core_
.Menu_Attach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10839     def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10841         return _core_
.Menu_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10843     def IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10844         """IsAttached(self) -> bool""" 
10845         return _core_
.Menu_IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10847     def SetParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10848         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)""" 
10849         return _core_
.Menu_SetParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10851     def GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10852         """GetParent(self) -> Menu""" 
10853         return _core_
.Menu_GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10855     EventHandler 
= property(GetEventHandler
,SetEventHandler
,doc
="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")  
10856     HelpString 
= property(GetHelpString
,SetHelpString
,doc
="See `GetHelpString` and `SetHelpString`")  
10857     InvokingWindow 
= property(GetInvokingWindow
,SetInvokingWindow
,doc
="See `GetInvokingWindow` and `SetInvokingWindow`")  
10858     MenuBar 
= property(GetMenuBar
,doc
="See `GetMenuBar`")  
10859     MenuItemCount 
= property(GetMenuItemCount
,doc
="See `GetMenuItemCount`")  
10860     MenuItems 
= property(GetMenuItems
,doc
="See `GetMenuItems`")  
10861     Parent 
= property(GetParent
,SetParent
,doc
="See `GetParent` and `SetParent`")  
10862     Style 
= property(GetStyle
,doc
="See `GetStyle`")  
10863     Title 
= property(GetTitle
,SetTitle
,doc
="See `GetTitle` and `SetTitle`")  
10864 _core_
.Menu_swigregister(Menu
) 
10865 DefaultValidator 
= cvar
.DefaultValidator
 
10867 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10869 class MenuBar(Window
): 
10870     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class""" 
10871     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
10872     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
10873     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
10874         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar""" 
10875         _core_
.MenuBar_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_MenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
10876         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10878     def Append(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10879         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool""" 
10880         return _core_
.MenuBar_Append(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10882     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10883         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool""" 
10884         return _core_
.MenuBar_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10886     def GetMenuCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10887         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t""" 
10888         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10890     def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10891         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu""" 
10892         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10894     def Replace(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10895         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu""" 
10896         return _core_
.MenuBar_Replace(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10898     def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10899         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu""" 
10900         return _core_
.MenuBar_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10902     def EnableTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10903         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)""" 
10904         return _core_
.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10906     def IsEnabledTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10907         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool""" 
10908         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10910     def SetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10911         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)""" 
10912         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10914     def GetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10915         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String""" 
10916         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10918     def FindMenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10919         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int""" 
10920         return _core_
.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10922     def FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10923         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" 
10924         return _core_
.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10926     def FindMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10927         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int""" 
10928         return _core_
.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10930     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10931         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)""" 
10932         return _core_
.MenuBar_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10934     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10935         """Check(self, int id, bool check)""" 
10936         return _core_
.MenuBar_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10938     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10939         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10940         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10942     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10943         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10944         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10946     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10947         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)""" 
10948         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10950     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10951         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String""" 
10952         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10954     def SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10955         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)""" 
10956         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10958     def GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10959         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String""" 
10960         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10962     def GetFrame(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10963         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame""" 
10964         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10966     def IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10967         """IsAttached(self) -> bool""" 
10968         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10970     def Attach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10971         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)""" 
10972         return _core_
.MenuBar_Attach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10974     def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10976         return _core_
.MenuBar_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10978     def UpdateMenus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10979         """UpdateMenus(self)""" 
10980         return _core_
.MenuBar_UpdateMenus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10982     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10983         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)""" 
10984         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10986     SetAutoWindowMenu 
= staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu
) 
10987     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10988         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool""" 
10989         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10991     GetAutoWindowMenu 
= staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu
) 
10992     def GetMenus(self
): 
10993         """Return a list of (menu, label) items for the menus in the MenuBar. """ 
10994         return [(self
.GetMenu(i
), self
.GetLabelTop(i
))  
10995                 for i 
in range(self
.GetMenuCount())] 
10997     def SetMenus(self
, items
): 
10998         """Clear and add new menus to the MenuBar from a list of (menu, label) items. """ 
10999         for i 
in range(self
.GetMenuCount()-1, -1, -1): 
11004     Frame 
= property(GetFrame
,doc
="See `GetFrame`")  
11005     Menu 
= property(GetMenu
,doc
="See `GetMenu`")  
11006     MenuCount 
= property(GetMenuCount
,doc
="See `GetMenuCount`")  
11007     Menus 
= property(GetMenus
,SetMenus
,doc
="See `GetMenus` and `SetMenus`")  
11008 _core_
.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar
) 
11010 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11011   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)""" 
11012   return _core_
.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11014 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
): 
11015   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool""" 
11016   return _core_
.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
) 
11018 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11020 class MenuItem(Object
): 
11021     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class""" 
11022     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
11023     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
11024     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
11026         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_ANY, String text=EmptyString,  
11027             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,  
11028             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem 
11030         _core_
.MenuItem_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_MenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
11031     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_MenuItem
 
11032     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
11033     def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11034         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu""" 
11035         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11037     def SetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11038         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)""" 
11039         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11041     def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11042         """SetId(self, int id)""" 
11043         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11045     def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11046         """GetId(self) -> int""" 
11047         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11049     def IsSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11050         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool""" 
11051         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11053     def SetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11054         """SetText(self, String str)""" 
11055         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11057     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11058         """GetLabel(self) -> String""" 
11059         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11061     def GetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11062         """GetText(self) -> String""" 
11063         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11065     def GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11066         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String""" 
11067         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11069     GetLabelFromText 
= staticmethod(GetLabelFromText
) 
11070     def GetKind(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11071         """GetKind(self) -> int""" 
11072         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetKind(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11074     def SetKind(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11075         """SetKind(self, int kind)""" 
11076         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetKind(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11078     def SetCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11079         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)""" 
11080         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11082     def IsCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11083         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool""" 
11084         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11086     def IsSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11087         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool""" 
11088         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11090     def SetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11091         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)""" 
11092         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11094     def GetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11095         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu""" 
11096         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11098     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11099         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)""" 
11100         return _core_
.MenuItem_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11102     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11103         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool""" 
11104         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11106     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11107         """Check(self, bool check=True)""" 
11108         return _core_
.MenuItem_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11110     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11111         """IsChecked(self) -> bool""" 
11112         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11114     def Toggle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11116         return _core_
.MenuItem_Toggle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11118     def SetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11119         """SetHelp(self, String str)""" 
11120         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11122     def GetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11123         """GetHelp(self) -> String""" 
11124         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11126     def GetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11127         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry""" 
11128         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11130     def SetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11131         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)""" 
11132         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11134     def SetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11135         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)""" 
11136         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11138     def GetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11139         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap""" 
11140         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11142     def SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11143         """SetFont(self, Font font)""" 
11144         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11146     def GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11147         """GetFont(self) -> Font""" 
11148         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11150     def SetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11151         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)""" 
11152         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11154     def GetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11155         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour""" 
11156         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11158     def SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11159         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)""" 
11160         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11162     def GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11163         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour""" 
11164         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11166     def SetBitmaps(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11167         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)""" 
11168         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11170     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11171         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)""" 
11172         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11174     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11175         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap""" 
11176         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11178     def SetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11179         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)""" 
11180         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11182     def GetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11183         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int""" 
11184         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11186     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11187         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int""" 
11188         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11190     GetDefaultMarginWidth 
= staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth
) 
11191     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11192         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool""" 
11193         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11195     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11196         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)""" 
11197         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11199     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11200         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)""" 
11201         return _core_
.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11203     Accel 
= property(GetAccel
,SetAccel
,doc
="See `GetAccel` and `SetAccel`")  
11204     BackgroundColour 
= property(GetBackgroundColour
,SetBackgroundColour
,doc
="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")  
11205     Bitmap 
= property(GetBitmap
,SetBitmap
,doc
="See `GetBitmap` and `SetBitmap`")  
11206     DisabledBitmap 
= property(GetDisabledBitmap
,SetDisabledBitmap
,doc
="See `GetDisabledBitmap` and `SetDisabledBitmap`")  
11207     Font 
= property(GetFont
,SetFont
,doc
="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")  
11208     Help 
= property(GetHelp
,SetHelp
,doc
="See `GetHelp` and `SetHelp`")  
11209     Id 
= property(GetId
,SetId
,doc
="See `GetId` and `SetId`")  
11210     Kind 
= property(GetKind
,SetKind
,doc
="See `GetKind` and `SetKind`")  
11211     Label 
= property(GetLabel
,doc
="See `GetLabel`")  
11212     MarginWidth 
= property(GetMarginWidth
,SetMarginWidth
,doc
="See `GetMarginWidth` and `SetMarginWidth`")  
11213     Menu 
= property(GetMenu
,SetMenu
,doc
="See `GetMenu` and `SetMenu`")  
11214     SubMenu 
= property(GetSubMenu
,SetSubMenu
,doc
="See `GetSubMenu` and `SetSubMenu`")  
11215     Text 
= property(GetText
,SetText
,doc
="See `GetText` and `SetText`")  
11216     TextColour 
= property(GetTextColour
,SetTextColour
,doc
="See `GetTextColour` and `SetTextColour`")  
11217 _core_
.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem
) 
11219 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11220   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String""" 
11221   return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11223 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
): 
11224   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int""" 
11225   return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
) 
11227 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11229 class Control(Window
): 
11231     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'. 
11233     A control is generally a small window which processes user input 
11234     and/or displays one or more item of data. 
11236     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
11237     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
11238     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
11240         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
11241             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,  
11242             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control 
11244         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass' 
11245         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful. 
11247         _core_
.Control_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Control(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
11248         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
11250     def Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11252         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
11253             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,  
11254             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool 
11256         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control. 
11258         return _core_
.Control_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11260     def GetAlignment(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11262         GetAlignment(self) -> int 
11264         Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre) 
11266         return _core_
.Control_GetAlignment(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11268     def GetLabelText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11270         GetLabelText(self) -> String 
11272         Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&') 
11274         return _core_
.Control_GetLabelText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11276     def Command(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11278         Command(self, CommandEvent event) 
11280         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item. 
11282         :see: `wx.CommandEvent` 
11285         return _core_
.Control_Command(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11287     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11289         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
11291         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
11292         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
11293         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
11294         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
11295         user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
11297         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
11298         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
11299         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
11302         return _core_
.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11304     GetClassDefaultAttributes 
= staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes
) 
11305     Alignment 
= property(GetAlignment
,doc
="See `GetAlignment`")  
11306     LabelText 
= property(GetLabelText
,doc
="See `GetLabelText`")  
11307 _core_
.Control_swigregister(Control
) 
11308 ControlNameStr 
= cvar
.ControlNameStr
 
11310 def PreControl(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11312     PreControl() -> Control 
11314     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation 
11316     val 
= _core_
.new_PreControl(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11319 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11321     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
11323     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
11324     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
11325     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
11326     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
11327     user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
11329     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
11330     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
11331     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
11334   return _core_
.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11336 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11338 class ItemContainer(object): 
11340     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented 
11341     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be 
11342     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well 
11343     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from 
11346     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although 
11347     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still 
11348     all conform to the same interface. 
11350     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and, 
11351     optionally, client data associated with them. 
11354     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
11355     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
11356     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
11357     def Append(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11359         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int 
11361         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item 
11362         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item 
11363         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g. 
11364         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style). 
11366         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Append(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11368     def AppendItems(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11370         AppendItems(self, List strings) 
11372         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this 
11373         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you 
11374         need to add a lot of items. 
11376         return _core_
.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11378     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11380         Insert(self, String item, unsigned int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int 
11382         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index, 
11383         optionally associating some data object with the item. 
11385         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11387     def Clear(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11391         Removes all items from the control. 
11393         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Clear(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11395     def Delete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11397         Delete(self, unsigned int n) 
11399         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note 
11400         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if 
11401         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal 
11402         than the number of items in the control. 
11404         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Delete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11406     def GetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11408         GetClientData(self, unsigned int n) -> PyObject 
11410         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.) 
11412         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11414     def SetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11416         SetClientData(self, unsigned int n, PyObject clientData) 
11418         Associate the given client data with the item at position n. 
11420         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11422     def GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11424         GetCount(self) -> unsigned int 
11426         Returns the number of items in the control. 
11428         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11430     def IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11432         IsEmpty(self) -> bool 
11434         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items. 
11436         return _core_
.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11438     def GetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11440         GetString(self, unsigned int n) -> String 
11442         Returns the label of the item with the given index. 
11444         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11446     def GetStrings(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11447         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString""" 
11448         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11450     def SetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11452         SetString(self, unsigned int n, String s) 
11454         Sets the label for the given item. 
11456         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11458     def FindString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11460         FindString(self, String s) -> int 
11462         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the 
11463         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not 
11466         return _core_
.ItemContainer_FindString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11468     def SetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11470         SetSelection(self, int n) 
11472         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item. 
11474         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11476     def GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11478         GetSelection(self) -> int 
11480         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item 
11483         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11485     def SetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11486         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool""" 
11487         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11489     def GetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11491         GetStringSelection(self) -> String 
11493         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item 
11496         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11498     def Select(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11500         Select(self, int n) 
11502         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is 
11503         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection. 
11505         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Select(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11507     def GetItems(self
): 
11508         """Return a list of the strings in the control""" 
11509         return [self
.GetString(i
) for i 
in xrange(self
.GetCount())] 
11511     def SetItems(self
, items
): 
11512         """Clear and set the strings in the control from a list""" 
11517     Count 
= property(GetCount
,doc
="See `GetCount`")  
11518     Items 
= property(GetItems
,SetItems
,doc
="See `GetItems` and `SetItems`")  
11519     Selection 
= property(GetSelection
,SetSelection
,doc
="See `GetSelection` and `SetSelection`")  
11520     StringSelection 
= property(GetStringSelection
,SetStringSelection
,doc
="See `GetStringSelection` and `SetStringSelection`")  
11521     Strings 
= property(GetStrings
,doc
="See `GetStrings`")  
11522 _core_
.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer
) 
11524 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11526 class ControlWithItems(Control
,ItemContainer
): 
11528     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the 
11529     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls 
11532     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
11533     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
11534     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
11535 _core_
.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems
) 
11537 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11539 class SizerItem(Object
): 
11541     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other 
11542     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually 
11543     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be 
11544     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but 
11545     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly. 
11546     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to 
11547     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating 
11550     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem` 
11552     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
11553     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
11554     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
11556         __init__(self) -> SizerItem 
11558         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer 
11559         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer. 
11561         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they 
11562         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend 
11563         methods are called. 
11565         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer` 
11567         _core_
.SizerItem_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_SizerItem(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
11568     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_SizerItem
 
11569     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
11570     def DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11572         DeleteWindows(self) 
11574         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type 
11577         return _core_
.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11579     def DetachSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11583         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer. 
11585         return _core_
.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11587     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11589         GetSize(self) -> Size 
11591         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout. 
11593         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11595     def CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11597         CalcMin(self) -> Size 
11599         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space 
11602         return _core_
.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11604     def SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11606         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size) 
11608         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the 
11609         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or 
11610         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into 
11613         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11615     def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11617         GetMinSize(self) -> Size 
11619         Get the minimum size needed for the item. 
11621         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11623     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11625         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size 
11627         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders 
11630         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11632     def SetInitSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11633         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)""" 
11634         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11636     def SetRatioWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11638         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height) 
11640         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11642         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11644     def SetRatioSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11646         SetRatioSize(self, Size size) 
11648         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11650         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11652     def SetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11654         SetRatio(self, float ratio) 
11656         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11658         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11660     def GetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11662         GetRatio(self) -> float 
11664         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11666         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11668     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11670         GetRect(self) -> Rect 
11672         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy 
11674         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11676     def IsWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11678         IsWindow(self) -> bool 
11680         Is this sizer item a window? 
11682         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11684     def IsSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11686         IsSizer(self) -> bool 
11688         Is this sizer item a subsizer? 
11690         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11692     def IsSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11694         IsSpacer(self) -> bool 
11696         Is this sizer item a spacer? 
11698         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11700     def SetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11702         SetProportion(self, int proportion) 
11704         Set the proportion value for this item. 
11706         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11708     def GetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11710         GetProportion(self) -> int 
11712         Get the proportion value for this item. 
11714         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11716     SetOption 
= wx
._deprecated
(SetProportion
, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")  
11717     GetOption 
= wx
._deprecated
(GetProportion
, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")  
11718     def SetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11720         SetFlag(self, int flag) 
11722         Set the flag value for this item. 
11724         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11726     def GetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11728         GetFlag(self) -> int 
11730         Get the flag value for this item. 
11732         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11734     def SetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11736         SetBorder(self, int border) 
11738         Set the border value for this item. 
11740         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11742     def GetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11744         GetBorder(self) -> int 
11746         Get the border value for this item. 
11748         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11750     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11752         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
11754         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item. 
11756         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11758     def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11760         SetWindow(self, Window window) 
11762         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item. 
11764         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11766     def GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11768         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer 
11770         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item. 
11772         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11774     def SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11776         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer) 
11778         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item. 
11780         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11782     def GetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11784         GetSpacer(self) -> Size 
11786         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item. 
11788         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11790     def SetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11792         SetSpacer(self, Size size) 
11794         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item. 
11796         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11798     def Show(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11800         Show(self, bool show) 
11802         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item 
11803         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a 
11804         window then it is shown or hidden as needed. 
11806         return _core_
.SizerItem_Show(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11808     def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11810         IsShown(self) -> bool 
11812         Is the item to be shown in the layout? 
11814         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11816     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11818         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
11820         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout. 
11822         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11824     def GetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11826         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject 
11828         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there 
11831         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11833     def SetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11835         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData) 
11837         Associate a Python object with this sizer item. 
11839         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11841     Border 
= property(GetBorder
,SetBorder
,doc
="See `GetBorder` and `SetBorder`")  
11842     Flag 
= property(GetFlag
,SetFlag
,doc
="See `GetFlag` and `SetFlag`")  
11843     MinSize 
= property(GetMinSize
,doc
="See `GetMinSize`")  
11844     MinSizeWithBorder 
= property(GetMinSizeWithBorder
,doc
="See `GetMinSizeWithBorder`")  
11845     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition`")  
11846     Proportion 
= property(GetProportion
,SetProportion
,doc
="See `GetProportion` and `SetProportion`")  
11847     Ratio 
= property(GetRatio
,SetRatio
,doc
="See `GetRatio` and `SetRatio`")  
11848     Rect 
= property(GetRect
,doc
="See `GetRect`")  
11849     Size 
= property(GetSize
,doc
="See `GetSize`")  
11850     Sizer 
= property(GetSizer
,SetSizer
,doc
="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")  
11851     Spacer 
= property(GetSpacer
,SetSpacer
,doc
="See `GetSpacer` and `SetSpacer`")  
11852     UserData 
= property(GetUserData
,SetUserData
,doc
="See `GetUserData` and `SetUserData`")  
11853     Window 
= property(GetWindow
,SetWindow
,doc
="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")  
11854 _core_
.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem
) 
11856 def SizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11858     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,  
11859         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem 
11861     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window. 
11863     val 
= _core_
.new_SizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11866 def SizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11868     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,  
11869         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem 
11871     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer. 
11873     val 
= _core_
.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11876 def SizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11878     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,  
11879         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem 
11881     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer 
11883     val 
= _core_
.new_SizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11886 class Sizer(Object
): 
11888     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in 
11889     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to 
11890     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`, 
11891     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and 
11894     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to 
11895     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK 
11896     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual 
11897     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to 
11898     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will 
11899     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of 
11900     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and 
11901     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in 
11902     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls, 
11903     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be 
11904     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus 
11905     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources 
11906     compared to a real window on screen. 
11908     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that 
11909     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can 
11910     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item) 
11911     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the 
11912     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires 
11913     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a 
11914     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows. 
11916     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
11917     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
11918     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
11919     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_Sizer
 
11920     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
11921     def _setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11922         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)""" 
11923         return _core_
.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11925     def Add(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11927         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, 
11928             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem 
11930         Appends a child item to the sizer. 
11932         return _core_
.Sizer_Add(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11934     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11936         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, 
11937             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem 
11939         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before 
11940         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters. 
11942         return _core_
.Sizer_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11944     def Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11946         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, 
11947             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem 
11949         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by 
11950         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters. 
11952         return _core_
.Sizer_Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11954     def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11956         Remove(self, item) -> bool 
11958         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not 
11959         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update 
11960         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The 
11961         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based 
11962         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found 
11965         return _core_
.Sizer_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11967     def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11969         Detach(self, item) -> bool 
11971         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method 
11972         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to 
11973         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the 
11974         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item 
11975         was found and detached. 
11977         return _core_
.Sizer_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11979     def GetItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11981         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem 
11983         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item* 
11984         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of 
11985         the item to be found. 
11987         return _core_
.Sizer_GetItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11989     def _SetItemMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11990         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)""" 
11991         return _core_
.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11993     def _ReplaceWin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11994         """_ReplaceWin(self, Window oldwin, Window newwin, bool recursive=False) -> bool""" 
11995         return _core_
.Sizer__ReplaceWin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11997     def _ReplaceSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11998         """_ReplaceSizer(self, Sizer oldsz, Sizer newsz, bool recursive=False) -> bool""" 
11999         return _core_
.Sizer__ReplaceSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12001     def _ReplaceItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12002         """_ReplaceItem(self, size_t index, SizerItem newitem) -> bool""" 
12003         return _core_
.Sizer__ReplaceItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12005     def Replace(self
, olditem
, item
, recursive
=False): 
12007         Detaches the given ``olditem`` from the sizer and replaces it with 
12008         ``item`` which can be a window, sizer, or `wx.SizerItem`.  The 
12009         detached child is destroyed only if it is not a window, (because 
12010         windows are owned by their parent, not the sizer.)  The 
12011         ``recursive`` parameter can be used to search for the given 
12012         element recursivly in subsizers. 
12014         This method does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, 
12015         call `Layout` to do so. 
12017         Returns ``True`` if the child item was found and removed. 
12019         if isinstance(olditem
, wx
.Window
): 
12020             return self
._ReplaceWin
(olditem
, item
, recursive
) 
12021         elif isinstnace(olditem
, wx
.Sizer
): 
12022             return self
._ReplaceSizer
(olditem
, item
, recursive
) 
12023         elif isinstnace(olditem
, int): 
12024             return self
._ReplaceItem
(olditem
, item
) 
12026             raise TypeError("Expected Window, Sizer, or integer for first parameter.") 
12028     def SetContainingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12030         SetContainingWindow(self, Window window) 
12032         Set (or unset) the window this sizer is used in. 
12034         return _core_
.Sizer_SetContainingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12036     def GetContainingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12038         GetContainingWindow(self) -> Window 
12040         Get the window this sizer is used in. 
12042         return _core_
.Sizer_GetContainingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12044     def SetItemMinSize(self
, item
, *args
): 
12046         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size) 
12048         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer. 
12049         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the 
12050         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it 
12051         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary. 
12054             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too 
12055             return self
._SetItemMinSize
(item
, args
) 
12057             return self
._SetItemMinSize
(item
, args
[0]) 
12059     def AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12061         AddItem(self, SizerItem item) 
12063         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer. 
12065         return _core_
.Sizer_AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12067     def InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12069         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item) 
12071         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*. 
12073         return _core_
.Sizer_InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12075     def PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12077         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item) 
12079         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer. 
12081         return _core_
.Sizer_PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12083     def AddMany(self
, items
): 
12085         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items 
12086         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples, 
12087         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you 
12088         would normally pass to the `Add` method. 
12091             if type(item
) != type(()) or (len(item
) == 2 and type(item
[0]) == type(1)): 
12095     def AddSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12096         """AddSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem 
12098         Add a spacer that is (size,size) pixels. 
12100         if args 
and type(args
[0]) == int: 
12101             return self
.Add( (args
[0],args
[0] ), 0) 
12102         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old AddSpacer 
12103             return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
) 
12104     def PrependSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12105         """PrependSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem 
12107         Prepend a spacer that is (size, size) pixels.""" 
12108         if args 
and type(args
[0]) == int: 
12109             return self
.Prepend( (args
[0],args
[0] ), 0) 
12110         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old PrependSpacer 
12111             return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
) 
12112     def InsertSpacer(self
, index
, *args
, **kw
): 
12113         """InsertSpacer(int index, int size) --> SizerItem 
12115         Insert a spacer at position index that is (size, size) pixels.""" 
12116         if args 
and type(args
[0]) == int: 
12117             return self
.Insert( index
, (args
[0],args
[0] ), 0) 
12118         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old InsertSpacer 
12119             return self
.Insert(index
, *args
, **kw
) 
12122     def AddStretchSpacer(self
, prop
=1): 
12123         """AddStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem 
12125         Add a stretchable spacer.""" 
12126         return self
.Add((0,0), prop
) 
12127     def PrependStretchSpacer(self
, prop
=1): 
12128         """PrependStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem 
12130         Prepend a stretchable spacer.""" 
12131         return self
.Prepend((0,0), prop
) 
12132     def InsertStretchSpacer(self
, index
, prop
=1): 
12133         """InsertStretchSpacer(int index, int prop=1) --> SizerItem 
12135         Insert a stretchable spacer.""" 
12136         return self
.Insert(index
, (0,0), prop
) 
12139     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code 
12140     def AddWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12141         """Compatibility alias for `Add`.""" 
12142         return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
) 
12143     def AddSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12144         """Compatibility alias for `Add`.""" 
12145         return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
) 
12147     def PrependWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12148         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`.""" 
12149         return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
) 
12150     def PrependSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12151         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`.""" 
12152         return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
) 
12154     def InsertWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12155         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`.""" 
12156         return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
) 
12157     def InsertSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12158         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`.""" 
12159         return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
) 
12161     def RemoveWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12162         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" 
12163         return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
) 
12164     def RemoveSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12165         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" 
12166         return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
) 
12167     def RemovePos(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12168         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" 
12169         return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
) 
12172     def SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12174         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height) 
12176         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus 
12177         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to 
12178         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend` 
12181         return _core_
.Sizer_SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12183     def SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12185         SetMinSize(self, Size size) 
12187         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will 
12188         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children 
12189         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the 
12190         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set 
12191         here, depending on which is bigger. 
12193         return _core_
.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12195     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12197         GetSize(self) -> Size 
12199         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer. 
12201         return _core_
.Sizer_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12203     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12205         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
12207         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space. 
12209         return _core_
.Sizer_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12211     def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12213         GetMinSize(self) -> Size 
12215         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined 
12216         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size 
12217         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger. 
12219         return _core_
.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12221     def GetSizeTuple(self
): 
12222         return self
.GetSize().Get() 
12223     def GetPositionTuple(self
): 
12224         return self
.GetPosition().Get() 
12225     def GetMinSizeTuple(self
): 
12226         return self
.GetMinSize().Get() 
12228     def RecalcSizes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12232         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the 
12233         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as 
12234         it is called by `Layout`. 
12236         return _core_
.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12238     def CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12240         CalcMin(self) -> Size 
12242         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its 
12243         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as 
12244         it is called by `Layout`. 
12246         return _core_
.Sizer_CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12248     def Layout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12252         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items 
12253         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the 
12254         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's 
12255         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when 
12256         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or 
12259         return _core_
.Sizer_Layout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12261     def Fit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12263         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size 
12265         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal 
12266         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in 
12267         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as 
12268         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size. 
12270         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size. 
12272         return _core_
.Sizer_Fit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12274     def FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12276         FitInside(self, Window window) 
12278         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the 
12279         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the 
12280         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars 
12281         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it. 
12283         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints` 
12286         return _core_
.Sizer_FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12288     def SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12290         SetSizeHints(self, Window window) 
12292         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to 
12293         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the 
12294         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are 
12295         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order 
12296         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size 
12297         required by the sizer. 
12299         return _core_
.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12301     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12303         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window) 
12305         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to 
12306         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars 
12307         this will set them appropriately. 
12309         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars` 
12312         return _core_
.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12314     def Clear(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12316         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False) 
12318         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items 
12321         return _core_
.Sizer_Clear(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12323     def DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12325         DeleteWindows(self) 
12327         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer. 
12329         return _core_
.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12331     def GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12333         GetChildren(self) -> list 
12335         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer. 
12337         return _core_
.Sizer_GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12339     def Show(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12341         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool 
12343         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item 
12344         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item* 
12345         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of 
12346         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a 
12347         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found. 
12349         return _core_
.Sizer_Show(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12351     def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12353         IsShown(self, item) 
12355         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer 
12356         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item* 
12357         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of 
12360         return _core_
.Sizer_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12362     def Hide(self
, item
, recursive
=False): 
12364         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive). 
12366         return self
.Show(item
, False, recursive
) 
12368     def ShowItems(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12370         ShowItems(self, bool show) 
12372         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items. 
12374         return _core_
.Sizer_ShowItems(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12376     Children 
= property(GetChildren
,doc
="See `GetChildren`")  
12377     ContainingWindow 
= property(GetContainingWindow
,SetContainingWindow
,doc
="See `GetContainingWindow` and `SetContainingWindow`")  
12378     MinSize 
= property(GetMinSize
,SetMinSize
,doc
="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")  
12379     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition`")  
12380     Size 
= property(GetSize
,doc
="See `GetSize`")  
12381 _core_
.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer
) 
12383 class PySizer(Sizer
): 
12385     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been 
12386     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in 
12387     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are 
12388     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement 
12389     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set. 
12392         class MySizer(wx.PySizer): 
12393              def __init__(self): 
12394                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self) 
12397                  for item in self.GetChildren(): 
12398                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed 
12399                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's 
12400                       # layout algorithm. 
12402                  return wx.Size(width, height) 
12404               def RecalcSizes(self): 
12405                   # find the space allotted to this sizer 
12406                   pos = self.GetPosition() 
12407                   size = self.GetSize() 
12408                   for item in self.GetChildren(): 
12409                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of 
12410                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the 
12411                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the 
12412                       # space alloted to this sizer. 
12414                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize) 
12417     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by 
12418     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of 
12419     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`. 
12421     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren` 
12425     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
12426     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
12427     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
12429         __init__(self) -> PySizer 
12431         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived 
12434         _core_
.PySizer_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PySizer(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
12435         self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, PySizer
);self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12437     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12438         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)""" 
12439         return _core_
.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12441 _core_
.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer
) 
12443 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12445 class BoxSizer(Sizer
): 
12447     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be 
12448     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a 
12449     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out 
12450     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation 
12451     parameter passed to the constructor. 
12453     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
12454     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
12455     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
12457         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer 
12459         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL`` 
12460         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row 
12463         _core_
.BoxSizer_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_BoxSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
12464         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12466     def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12468         GetOrientation(self) -> int 
12470         Returns the current orientation of the sizer. 
12472         return _core_
.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12474     def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12476         SetOrientation(self, int orient) 
12478         Resets the orientation of the sizer. 
12480         return _core_
.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12482     Orientation 
= property(GetOrientation
,SetOrientation
,doc
="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")  
12483 _core_
.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer
) 
12485 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12487 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer
): 
12489     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the 
12490     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer 
12491     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and 
12492     passed to the sizer constructor. 
12494     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
12495     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
12496     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
12498         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer 
12500         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation 
12501         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or 
12504         _core_
.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
12505         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12507     def GetStaticBox(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12509         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox 
12511         Returns the static box associated with this sizer. 
12513         return _core_
.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12515     StaticBox 
= property(GetStaticBox
,doc
="See `GetStaticBox`")  
12516 _core_
.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer
) 
12518 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12520 class GridSizer(Sizer
): 
12522     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a 
12523     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other 
12524     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the 
12525     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the 
12526     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal 
12527     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.) 
12529     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added, 
12530     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first, 
12531     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If 
12532     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you 
12533     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in 
12534     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`. 
12537     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
12538     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
12539     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
12541         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer 
12543         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number 
12544         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is 
12545         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in 
12546         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap* 
12547         define extra space between all children. 
12549         _core_
.GridSizer_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_GridSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
12550         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12552     def SetCols(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12554         SetCols(self, int cols) 
12556         Sets the number of columns in the sizer. 
12558         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetCols(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12560     def SetRows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12562         SetRows(self, int rows) 
12564         Sets the number of rows in the sizer. 
12566         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetRows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12568     def SetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12570         SetVGap(self, int gap) 
12572         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer. 
12574         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12576     def SetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12578         SetHGap(self, int gap) 
12580         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer 
12582         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12584     def GetCols(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12586         GetCols(self) -> int 
12588         Returns the number of columns in the sizer. 
12590         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetCols(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12592     def GetRows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12594         GetRows(self) -> int 
12596         Returns the number of rows in the sizer. 
12598         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetRows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12600     def GetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12602         GetVGap(self) -> int 
12604         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer. 
12606         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12608     def GetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12610         GetHGap(self) -> int 
12612         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer. 
12614         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12616     def CalcRowsCols(self
): 
12618         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols) 
12620         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based 
12621         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified 
12622         in the constructor. 
12624         nitems 
= len(self
.GetChildren()) 
12625         rows 
= self
.GetRows() 
12626         cols 
= self
.GetCols() 
12627         assert rows 
!= 0 or cols 
!= 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed" 
12629             rows 
= (nitems 
+ cols 
- 1) / cols
 
12631             cols 
= (nitems 
+ rows 
- 1) / rows
 
12632         return (rows
, cols
) 
12634     Cols 
= property(GetCols
,SetCols
,doc
="See `GetCols` and `SetCols`")  
12635     HGap 
= property(GetHGap
,SetHGap
,doc
="See `GetHGap` and `SetHGap`")  
12636     Rows 
= property(GetRows
,SetRows
,doc
="See `GetRows` and `SetRows`")  
12637     VGap 
= property(GetVGap
,SetVGap
,doc
="See `GetVGap` and `SetVGap`")  
12638 _core_
.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer
) 
12640 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12642 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE 
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
 
12643 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED 
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
 
12644 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL 
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
 
12645 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer
): 
12647     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a 
12648     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same 
12649     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all 
12650     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in 
12651     the `wx.GridSizer`. 
12653     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but 
12654     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible 
12655     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it 
12656     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non 
12657     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The 
12658     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose. 
12662     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
12663     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
12664     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
12666         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer 
12668         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the 
12669         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters 
12670         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in 
12671         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap* 
12672         define extra space between all children. 
12674         _core_
.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_FlexGridSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
12675         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12677     def AddGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12679         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0) 
12681         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there 
12682         is extra space available to the sizer. 
12684         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor 
12685         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all 
12686         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all). 
12688         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12690     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12692         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx) 
12694         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable. 
12696         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12698     def AddGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12700         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0) 
12702         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if 
12703         there is extra space available to the sizer. 
12705         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor 
12706         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all 
12707         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all). 
12709         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12711     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12713         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx) 
12715         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable. 
12717         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12719     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12721         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction) 
12723         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows, 
12724         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any 
12725         other value is ignored. 
12727             ==============    ======================================= 
12728             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized. 
12729             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized. 
12730             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized 
12731                               (this is the default value). 
12732             ==============    ======================================= 
12734         Note that this method does not trigger relayout. 
12737         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12739     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12741         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int 
12743         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer 
12744         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default). 
12746         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection` 
12748         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12750     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12752         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode) 
12754         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if 
12755         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called 
12756         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values: 
12758             ==========================  ================================================= 
12759             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction. 
12760             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with 
12761                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this 
12762                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of 
12763                                         columns or rows (this is the default value). 
12764             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in 
12765                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are 
12766                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction. 
12767             ==========================  ================================================= 
12769         Note that this method does not trigger relayout. 
12771         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12773     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12775         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int 
12777         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the 
12778         non-flexible direction if there is one. 
12780         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` 
12782         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12784     def GetRowHeights(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12786         GetRowHeights(self) -> list 
12788         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the 
12791         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12793     def GetColWidths(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12795         GetColWidths(self) -> list 
12797         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the 
12798         columns in the sizer. 
12800         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12802     ColWidths 
= property(GetColWidths
,doc
="See `GetColWidths`")  
12803     FlexibleDirection 
= property(GetFlexibleDirection
,SetFlexibleDirection
,doc
="See `GetFlexibleDirection` and `SetFlexibleDirection`")  
12804     NonFlexibleGrowMode 
= property(GetNonFlexibleGrowMode
,SetNonFlexibleGrowMode
,doc
="See `GetNonFlexibleGrowMode` and `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`")  
12805     RowHeights 
= property(GetRowHeights
,doc
="See `GetRowHeights`")  
12806 _core_
.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer
) 
12808 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer
): 
12810     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons 
12811     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply 
12812     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the 
12813     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer 
12814     will take care of the rest. 
12817     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
12818     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
12819     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
12820         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer""" 
12821         _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
12822     def AddButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12824         AddButton(self, wxButton button) 
12826         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add` 
12827         method in the base class. 
12829         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12831     def Realize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12835         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added 
12836         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform 
12839         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12841     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12842         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)""" 
12843         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12845     def SetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12846         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)""" 
12847         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12849     def SetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12850         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)""" 
12851         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12853     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12854         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12855         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12857     def GetApplyButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12858         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12859         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12861     def GetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12862         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12863         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12865     def GetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12866         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12867         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12869     def GetHelpButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12870         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12871         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12873     AffirmativeButton 
= property(GetAffirmativeButton
,SetAffirmativeButton
,doc
="See `GetAffirmativeButton` and `SetAffirmativeButton`")  
12874     ApplyButton 
= property(GetApplyButton
,doc
="See `GetApplyButton`")  
12875     CancelButton 
= property(GetCancelButton
,SetCancelButton
,doc
="See `GetCancelButton` and `SetCancelButton`")  
12876     HelpButton 
= property(GetHelpButton
,doc
="See `GetHelpButton`")  
12877     NegativeButton 
= property(GetNegativeButton
,SetNegativeButton
,doc
="See `GetNegativeButton` and `SetNegativeButton`")  
12878 _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer
) 
12880 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12882 class GBPosition(object): 
12884     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of 
12885     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has 
12886     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of 
12887     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic 
12888     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code. 
12890     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
12891     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
12892     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
12894         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition 
12896         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of 
12897         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has 
12898         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of 
12899         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic 
12900         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code. 
12902         _core_
.GBPosition_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_GBPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
12903     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_GBPosition
 
12904     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
12905     def GetRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12906         """GetRow(self) -> int""" 
12907         return _core_
.GBPosition_GetRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12909     def GetCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12910         """GetCol(self) -> int""" 
12911         return _core_
.GBPosition_GetCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12913     def SetRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12914         """SetRow(self, int row)""" 
12915         return _core_
.GBPosition_SetRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12917     def SetCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12918         """SetCol(self, int col)""" 
12919         return _core_
.GBPosition_SetCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12921     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12923         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
12925         Compare GBPosition for equality. 
12927         return _core_
.GBPosition___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12929     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12931         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
12933         Compare GBPosition for inequality. 
12935         return _core_
.GBPosition___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12937     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12938         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)""" 
12939         return _core_
.GBPosition_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12941     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12942         """Get(self) -> PyObject""" 
12943         return _core_
.GBPosition_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12945     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
12946     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
12947     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self
.Get()) 
12948     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
12949     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
12950     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
12951         if index 
== 0: self
.SetRow(val
) 
12952         elif index 
== 1: self
.SetCol(val
) 
12953         else: raise IndexError 
12954     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
12955     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
12956     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.GBPosition
, self
.Get()) 
12958     row 
= property(GetRow
, SetRow
) 
12959     col 
= property(GetCol
, SetCol
) 
12961 _core_
.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition
) 
12963 class GBSpan(object): 
12965     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of 
12966     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will 
12967     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a 
12968     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span 
12969     nearly transparently in Python code. 
12972     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
12973     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
12974     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
12976         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan 
12978         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and 
12979         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one 
12980         cell in each direction. 
12982         _core_
.GBSpan_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_GBSpan(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
12983     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_GBSpan
 
12984     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
12985     def GetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12986         """GetRowspan(self) -> int""" 
12987         return _core_
.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12989     def GetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12990         """GetColspan(self) -> int""" 
12991         return _core_
.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12993     def SetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12994         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)""" 
12995         return _core_
.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12997     def SetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12998         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)""" 
12999         return _core_
.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13001     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13003         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
13005         Compare wxGBSpan for equality. 
13007         return _core_
.GBSpan___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13009     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13011         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
13013         Compare GBSpan for inequality. 
13015         return _core_
.GBSpan___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13017     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13018         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)""" 
13019         return _core_
.GBSpan_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13021     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13022         """Get(self) -> PyObject""" 
13023         return _core_
.GBSpan_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13025     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
13026     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
13027     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self
.Get()) 
13028     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
13029     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
13030     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
13031         if index 
== 0: self
.SetRowspan(val
) 
13032         elif index 
== 1: self
.SetColspan(val
) 
13033         else: raise IndexError 
13034     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
13035     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
13036     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.GBSpan
, self
.Get()) 
13038     rowspan 
= property(GetRowspan
, SetRowspan
) 
13039     colspan 
= property(GetColspan
, SetColspan
) 
13041 _core_
.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan
) 
13043 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem
): 
13045     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about 
13046     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid 
13047     and how many rows or columns it spans. 
13050     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
13051     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
13052     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
13054         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem 
13056         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer 
13057         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this 
13058         item can be used in a Sizer. 
13060         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they 
13061         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called. 
13063         _core_
.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_GBSizerItem(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
13064     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_GBSizerItem
 
13065     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
13066     def GetPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13068         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition 
13070         Get the grid position of the item 
13072         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13074     def GetPosTuple(self
): return self
.GetPos().Get()  
13075     def GetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13077         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan 
13079         Get the row and column spanning of the item 
13081         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13083     def GetSpanTuple(self
): return self
.GetSpan().Get()  
13084     def SetPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13086         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool 
13088         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that 
13089         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new 
13090         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is 
13091         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved. 
13093         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13095     def SetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13097         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool 
13099         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that 
13100         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new 
13101         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change 
13102         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized. 
13105         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13107     def Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13109         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool 
13111         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect. 
13113         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13115     def IntersectsPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13117         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool 
13119         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item. 
13121         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13123     def GetEndPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13125         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition 
13127         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item. 
13129         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13131     def GetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13133         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer 
13135         Get the sizer this item is a member of. 
13137         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13139     def SetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13141         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer) 
13143         Set the sizer this item is a member of. 
13145         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13147     EndPos 
= property(GetEndPos
,doc
="See `GetEndPos`")  
13148     GBSizer 
= property(GetGBSizer
,SetGBSizer
,doc
="See `GetGBSizer` and `SetGBSizer`")  
13149     Pos 
= property(GetPos
,SetPos
,doc
="See `GetPos` and `SetPos`")  
13150     Span 
= property(GetSpan
,SetSpan
,doc
="See `GetSpan` and `SetSpan`")  
13151 _core_
.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem
) 
13152 DefaultSpan 
= cvar
.DefaultSpan
 
13154 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13156     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,  
13157         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem 
13159     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window. 
13161     val 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13164 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13166     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,  
13167         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem 
13169     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer 
13171     val 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13174 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13176     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,  
13177         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem 
13179     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer. 
13181     val 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13184 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer
): 
13186     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a 
13187     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items 
13188     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more 
13189     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the 
13190     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are 
13191     positioned at, adjusted for spanning. 
13194     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
13195     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
13196     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
13198         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer 
13200         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the 
13203         _core_
.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_GridBagSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
13204         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
13206     def Add(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13208         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0, 
13209         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem 
13211         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning 
13212         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining 
13213         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`. 
13215         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell 
13216         position, False if something was already there. 
13219         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_Add(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13221     def AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13223         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem 
13225         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if 
13226         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if 
13227         something was already there. 
13229         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13231     def GetCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13233         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size 
13235         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and 
13236         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout. 
13238         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13240     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13242         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size 
13244         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item. 
13246         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13248     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13250         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz) 
13252         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item. 
13254         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13256     def GetItemPosition(*args
): 
13258         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition 
13260         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a 
13261         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based 
13264         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args
) 
13266     def SetItemPosition(*args
): 
13268         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool 
13270         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a 
13271         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based 
13272         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not 
13273         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned. 
13276         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args
) 
13278     def GetItemSpan(*args
): 
13280         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan 
13282         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is 
13283         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a 
13284         zero-based index of an item. 
13286         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args
) 
13288     def SetItemSpan(*args
): 
13290         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool 
13292         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is 
13293         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a 
13294         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is 
13295         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned. 
13297         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args
) 
13299     def FindItem(*args
): 
13301         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem 
13303         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if 
13304         not found. (non-recursive) 
13306         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args
) 
13308     def FindItemAtPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13310         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem 
13312         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no 
13313         item at that position. (non-recursive) 
13315         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13317     def FindItemAtPoint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13319         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem 
13321         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if 
13322         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond 
13323         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for 
13324         layout. (non-recursive) 
13326         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13328     def CheckForIntersection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13330         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool 
13332         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the 
13333         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap. 
13334         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for 
13335         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the 
13339         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13341     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13343         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool 
13345         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the 
13346         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be 
13347         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked 
13348         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the 
13351         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13353 _core_
.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer
) 
13355 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13359 Right 
= _core_
.Right
 
13360 Bottom 
= _core_
.Bottom
 
13361 Width 
= _core_
.Width
 
13362 Height 
= _core_
.Height
 
13363 Centre 
= _core_
.Centre
 
13364 Center 
= _core_
.Center
 
13365 CentreX 
= _core_
.CentreX
 
13366 CentreY 
= _core_
.CentreY
 
13367 Unconstrained 
= _core_
.Unconstrained
 
13369 PercentOf 
= _core_
.PercentOf
 
13370 Above 
= _core_
.Above
 
13371 Below 
= _core_
.Below
 
13372 LeftOf 
= _core_
.LeftOf
 
13373 RightOf 
= _core_
.RightOf
 
13374 SameAs 
= _core_
.SameAs
 
13375 Absolute 
= _core_
.Absolute
 
13376 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object
): 
13378     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as 
13379     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in. 
13380     You will never need to create an instance of 
13381     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a 
13382     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints 
13385     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
13386     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
13387     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
13388     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13390         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN) 
13392         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the 
13393         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs. 
13395         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13397     def LeftOf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13399         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
13401         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an 
13402         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the 
13405         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13407     def RightOf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13409         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
13411         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an 
13412         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the 
13415         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13417     def Above(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13419         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
13421         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional 
13422         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other 
13425         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13427     def Below(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13429         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
13431         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional 
13432         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other 
13435         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13437     def SameAs(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13439         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0) 
13441         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the 
13442         given window, with an optional margin. 
13444         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13446     def PercentOf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13448         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per) 
13450         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given 
13451         window, with an optional margin. 
13453         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13455     def Absolute(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13457         Absolute(self, int val) 
13459         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value. 
13461         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13463     def Unconstrained(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13465         Unconstrained(self) 
13467         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on 
13468         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced. 
13470         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13472     def AsIs(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13476         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at 
13477         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*, 
13478         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important 
13479         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default 
13480         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the 
13483         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13485     def GetOtherWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13486         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window""" 
13487         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13489     def GetMyEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13490         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int""" 
13491         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13493     def SetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13494         """SetEdge(self, int which)""" 
13495         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13497     def SetValue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13498         """SetValue(self, int v)""" 
13499         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13501     def GetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13502         """GetMargin(self) -> int""" 
13503         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13505     def SetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13506         """SetMargin(self, int m)""" 
13507         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13509     def GetValue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13510         """GetValue(self) -> int""" 
13511         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13513     def GetPercent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13514         """GetPercent(self) -> int""" 
13515         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13517     def GetOtherEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13518         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int""" 
13519         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13521     def GetDone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13522         """GetDone(self) -> bool""" 
13523         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13525     def SetDone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13526         """SetDone(self, bool d)""" 
13527         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13529     def GetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13530         """GetRelationship(self) -> int""" 
13531         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13533     def SetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13534         """SetRelationship(self, int r)""" 
13535         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13537     def ResetIfWin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13539         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool 
13541         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin 
13543         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13545     def SatisfyConstraint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13547         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool 
13549         Try to satisfy constraint 
13551         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13553     def GetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13555         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int 
13557         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this 
13558         is not determinable, -1. 
13560         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13562     Done 
= property(GetDone
,SetDone
,doc
="See `GetDone` and `SetDone`")  
13563     Margin 
= property(GetMargin
,SetMargin
,doc
="See `GetMargin` and `SetMargin`")  
13564     MyEdge 
= property(GetMyEdge
,doc
="See `GetMyEdge`")  
13565     OtherEdge 
= property(GetOtherEdge
,doc
="See `GetOtherEdge`")  
13566     OtherWindow 
= property(GetOtherWindow
,doc
="See `GetOtherWindow`")  
13567     Percent 
= property(GetPercent
,doc
="See `GetPercent`")  
13568     Relationship 
= property(GetRelationship
,SetRelationship
,doc
="See `GetRelationship` and `SetRelationship`")  
13569     Value 
= property(GetValue
,SetValue
,doc
="See `GetValue` and `SetValue`")  
13570 _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint
) 
13572 class LayoutConstraints(Object
): 
13574     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers 
13577     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its 
13578     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent. 
13580     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class 
13581     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed 
13582     directly to set the appropriate constraints. 
13584         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window 
13585         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window 
13586         * top: represents the top edge of the window 
13587         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window 
13588         * width: represents the width of the window 
13589         * height: represents the height of the window 
13590         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window 
13591         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window  
13593     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship 
13594     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by 
13595     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height, 
13596     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a 
13597     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be 
13598     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If 
13599     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed. 
13601     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints` 
13604     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
13605     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
13606     left 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_left_get
) 
13607     top 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_top_get
) 
13608     right 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_right_get
) 
13609     bottom 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get
) 
13610     width 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_width_get
) 
13611     height 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_height_get
) 
13612     centreX 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get
) 
13613     centreY 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get
) 
13614     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
13615         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints""" 
13616         _core_
.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_LayoutConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
13617     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_LayoutConstraints
 
13618     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
13619     def SatisfyConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13620         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)""" 
13621         return _core_
.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13623     def AreSatisfied(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13624         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool""" 
13625         return _core_
.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13627 _core_
.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints
) 
13629 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13631 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not 
13635     __builtins__
.True = 1==1 
13636     __builtins__
.False = 1==0 
13637     def bool(value
): return not not value
 
13638     __builtins__
.bool = bool 
13642 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names 
13643 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge' 
13644 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider' 
13645 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar' 
13648 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13649 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor 
13650 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets. 
13652 from __version__ 
import * 
13653 __version__ 
= VERSION_STRING
 
13655 assert MAJOR_VERSION 
== _core_
.MAJOR_VERSION
, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch" 
13656 assert MINOR_VERSION 
== _core_
.MINOR_VERSION
, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch" 
13657 if RELEASE_VERSION 
!= _core_
.RELEASE_VERSION
: 
13659     warnings
.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch") 
13661 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13663 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from 
13664 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We 
13665 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the 
13666 # encoding we need to use as well.) 
13668 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects 
13669 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be 
13670 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be 
13671 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see 
13672 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences 
13673 # between the common latin/roman encodings. 
13675 default 
= _sys
.getdefaultencoding() 
13676 if default 
== 'ascii': 
13680         default 
= locale
.getdefaultlocale()[1] 
13681         codecs
.lookup(default
) 
13682     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError): 
13683         default 
= _sys
.getdefaultencoding() 
13687     wx
.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default
) 
13690 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13692 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError): 
13695 class _wxPyDeadObject(object): 
13697     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__ 
13698     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help 
13699     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer. 
13701     reprStr 
= "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)" 
13702     attrStr 
= "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed." 
13704     def __repr__(self
): 
13705         if not hasattr(self
, "_name"): 
13706             self
._name 
= "[unknown]" 
13707         return self
.reprStr 
% self
._name
 
13709     def __getattr__(self
, *args
): 
13710         if not hasattr(self
, "_name"): 
13711             self
._name 
= "[unknown]" 
13712         raise PyDeadObjectError(self
.attrStr 
% self
._name
) 
13714     def __nonzero__(self
): 
13719 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError): 
13722 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object): 
13724     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is 
13725     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App 
13726     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will 
13727     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an 
13728     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance 
13732     reprStr 
= "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)" 
13733     attrStr 
= "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed." 
13735     def __repr__(self
): 
13736         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"): 
13737         #    self._name = "[unknown]" 
13738         return self
.reprStr 
#% self._name 
13740     def __getattr__(self
, *args
): 
13741         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"): 
13742         #    self._name = "[unknown]" 
13743         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self
.attrStr
) # % self._name ) 
13745     def __nonzero__(self
): 
13749 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13751 def CallAfter(callable, *args
, **kw
): 
13753     Call the specified function after the current and pending event 
13754     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI 
13755     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or 
13756     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called. 
13758     :see: `wx.CallLater` 
13761     assert app 
is not None, 'No wx.App created yet' 
13763     if not hasattr(app
, "_CallAfterId"): 
13764         app
._CallAfterId 
= wx
.NewEventType() 
13765         app
.Connect(-1, -1, app
._CallAfterId
, 
13766                     lambda event
: event
.callable(*event
.args
, **event
.kw
) ) 
13768     evt
.SetEventType(app
._CallAfterId
) 
13769     evt
.callable = callable 
13772     wx
.PostEvent(app
, evt
) 
13774 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13779     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable 
13780     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any 
13781     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is 
13782     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method. 
13784     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer 
13785     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will 
13786     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer 
13787     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when 
13788     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.CallLater 
13791     :see: `wx.CallAfter` 
13793     def __init__(self
, millis
, callable, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13794         self
.millis 
= millis
 
13795         self
.callable = callable 
13796         self
.SetArgs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13798         self
.running 
= False 
13799         self
.hasRun 
= False 
13808     def Start(self
, millis
=None, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13810         (Re)start the timer 
13812         self
.hasRun 
= False 
13813         if millis 
is not None: 
13814             self
.millis 
= millis
 
13816             self
.SetArgs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13818         self
.timer 
= wx
.PyTimer(self
.Notify
) 
13819         self
.timer
.Start(self
.millis
, wx
.TIMER_ONE_SHOT
) 
13820         self
.running 
= True 
13826         Stop and destroy the timer. 
13828         if self
.timer 
is not None: 
13833     def GetInterval(self
): 
13834         if self
.timer 
is not None: 
13835             return self
.timer
.GetInterval() 
13840     def IsRunning(self
): 
13841         return self
.timer 
is not None and self
.timer
.IsRunning() 
13844     def SetArgs(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13846         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is 
13847         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a 
13848         new call to the same callable object but with different 
13852         self
.kwargs 
= kwargs
 
13858     def GetResult(self
): 
13863         The timer has expired so call the callable. 
13865         if self
.callable and getattr(self
.callable, 'im_self', True): 
13867             self
.running 
= False 
13868             self
.result 
= self
.callable(*self
.args
, **self
.kwargs
) 
13870         if not self
.running
: 
13871             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup 
13872             wx
.CallAfter(self
.Stop
) 
13874     Interval 
= property(GetInterval
) 
13875     Result 
= property(GetResult
) 
13878 class FutureCall(CallLater
): 
13879     """A compatibility alias for `CallLater`.""" 
13881 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13882 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc. 
13883 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size 
13884 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects, 
13885 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead 
13886 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods 
13887 # where they should be used. 
13891     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and 
13892     functions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs. 
13894     def __init__(self
, globals): 
13895         self
._globals 
= globals 
13897     def __call__(self
, name
): 
13899         obj 
= self
._globals
.get(name
, None) 
13901         # only document classes and function 
13902         if type(obj
) not in [type, types
.ClassType
, types
.FunctionType
, types
.BuiltinFunctionType
]: 
13905         # skip other things that are private or will be documented as part of somethign else 
13906         if name
.startswith('_') or name
.startswith('EVT') or name
.endswith('_swigregister')  or name
.endswith('Ptr') : 
13909         # skip functions that are duplicates of static functions in a class 
13910         if name
.find('_') != -1: 
13911             cls 
= self
._globals
.get(name
.split('_')[0], None) 
13912             methname 
= name
.split('_')[1] 
13913             if hasattr(cls
, methname
) and type(getattr(cls
, methname
)) is types
.FunctionType
: 
13918 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13919 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13921 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the 
13922 # "core" wx namespace 
13924 from _windows 
import * 
13925 from _controls 
import * 
13926 from _misc 
import * 
13928 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13929 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------